Quantcast
Channel: JazzProfiles
Viewing all 3894 articles
Browse latest View live

RONNIE ROSS - The Gordon Jack Interview

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


                                                           
Gordon Jack is a frequent contributor to the Jazz Journaland a very generous friend in allowingJazzProfilesto re-publish of his insightful and discerning writings on these pages.


Gordon is the author of Fifties Jazz Talk An Oral Retrospectiveand he also developed the Gerry Mulligan discography in Raymond Horricks’ bookGerry Mulligan’s Ark.


The following article was first published in Jazz Journal November 2018.


For more information and subscriptions please visitwww.jazzjournal.co.uk
                                                                
“Ronnie Ross was born to Scottish parents in Calcutta, the capital of West Bengal on 2 October 1933. The family returned to the U.K. in 1946 and he was privately educated at the Perse School in Cambridge where Spike Hughes had been a former student. He learnt the alto and tenor before joining the Grenadier Guards where he played clarinet in the regimental band. On leaving the army he studied at the Ivor Mairants School of Music where he came into contact with Tommy Whittle and Don Rendell.


In 1954 Rendell added him to his group on tenor and they performed at the Festival Hall in February in a concert promoted by the National Jazz Federation. On another occasion there they accompanied Annie Ross (no relation) who performed her celebrated Twisted routine. Don wanted to extend the tonal range of the quintet so one night at the Jazz Centre in Greek Street he persuaded Ronnie to switch to the baritone. Finding one in a Covent Garden shop he said later, “As soon as I tried it, I knew it was for me and have not looked back since”. Eight months later the group were again at the Festival Hall with Dickie Hawdon added on trumpet and Ronnie at last on baritone. Around this time he was also working with Tony Crombie but in August 1955 at Bill Le Sage’s recommendation, Tony Kinsey added him to his quartet as a replacement for Joe Harriott who had joined Ronnie Scott’s band.


Over the next year the quartet recorded 12 titles for Decca and on numbers like Close Your Eyes, Body And Soul, Makin’ Whoopee, and A Smooth One Ronnie demonstrates a mature approach with a unique sound and timbre on the baritone. Although clearly inspired by Lars Gullin and Gerry Mulligan he reminds me a little of Gil Melle’ on these early recordings. The quartet appeared at the Gaumont State Kilburn in October 1955 in a Jazz Jamboree concert prompting Melody Maker’s Tony Brown to say, “This is a powerful little group”. There was talk of trips to the U.S.A. and Japan which did not materialise but a year later when Don Rendell was added to the quartet they did a three week tour of army bases in Cyprus. They were also featured on BBC’s Jazz Club performing Wednesday Night Special, Supper Party and Love For Sale for an enthusiastic audience compered by David Jacobs. One of their recordings – Introducing The Tony Kinsey Quintet– was favourably reviewed in Jazz Forum as, “One of the finest jazz albums to come out of England in the last few years”.


By this time Ronnie Ross was becoming very well known. The 1957 issue of Jazz Today called him, “A Titan of British Jazz…his sensitivity, sound and technique impress more with each hearing.” Later that year Rendell and Ross were part of the bill that toured the U.K. with the MJQ. Early in 1958 Ronnie performed on Ken Moule’s celebrated Jazz At Toad Hall soloing on – Messin’ About In Boats and Wind In The Willows. His next date a few weeks later was even more prestigious. After hearing him at a concert in West Germany John Lewis invited him to perform with members of the Stuttgart Symphony Orchestra on his European Windows album. This elegant showcase became Ronnie’s own favourite recording. Nat Hentoff in his sleeve-note described him as a “Major find on baritone”.  Lewis was so impressed with his inspired performance that he said, “Ross is all music. He is one of the best of the baritone saxophonists …perhaps the best.”


Don Rendell left Ted Heath in 1956 soon after making a big impression on one of the band’s popular hits – Cloudburst. In 1958 he formed his Jazz Six which he called, “The most mature and satisfying group I’ve ever had”. The instrumentation replicated the popular Gerry Mulligan sextet – Bert Courtley (trumpet), Eddie Harvey (trombone and piano), Rendell (tenor), Ross (baritone), Pete Blannin (bass) and Andy White (drums). Their Playtime recording features an interesting mix of originals and standards like Hit The Road To Dreamland, Tickletoe, The Lady Is A Tramp and Johnny Come Lately. A few months later Ross made one of his very few recordings as a leader on a Parlophone date supervised by George Martin. The irrepressible Bert Courtley’s warm sounding trumpet is a particular delight here and Ronne has an outstanding ballad outing on Smoke Gets In Your Eyes. The group also revisit The Serpent by Tubby Hayes, an intriguing original which the Jazz Couriers had introduced at their live date at the Dominion Theatre four months earlier.  


Later that year he was the only British representative to be selected by Marshall Brown for the International Youth Band that performed two concerts at the Newport Jazz Festival. Gerry Mulligan who was also appearing at Newport was particularly taken with Ross describing him as, “The first important new challenge on baritone”. In a 1982 interview for Jazz Forum Ronnie said, “Gerry helped me a hell of a lot at Newport. He was starting a new quartet with Art Farmer and I used to go round to his flat to hear them rehearse. He taught me the importance of being able to project the sound from one end of the room to the other, no matter how loud a rhythm section might be”. They became very friendly over the years and Gerry once told me how disappointed he was that Ross who had been in the audience at the Festival Hall had not come back-stage to see him when Mulligan was appearing there in 1984.


In October 1958 Ronnie was a guest on Leonard Feather’s Blindfold Test in Down Beat. Manny Albam’s session with Al Cohn, Phil Woods and Mulligan turned out to be one of his favourite albums. He was also very receptive to Lars Gullin’s Foggy Day calling him, “One of the most original baritone players”. He was understandably stumped by Mulligan and Stan Getz performing Anything Goes. On that track the protagonists had swapped instruments - “I liked the tenor player very much and some of the baritone” he said.


In 1959 he won Down Beat’s coveted New Star Award on baritone and in April that year he became a member of Woody Herman’s saxophone section in the Anglo-American Herd together with Art Ellefson, Don Rendell and Johnny Scott. The remarkable Harold Pendleton handled the tour. He not only ran the N.J.F. and the Marquee club but he was also Chris Barber’s manager and a few months before he died he told me, “Woody had just disbanded when I met his manager Abe Turchen in his office. He was placing bets on the telephone while listening to horse- racing on the radio but he was intrigued when I asked if Woody would be interested in bringing a few of his sidemen  to the U.K. for a tour with some of our best local musicians. Woody agreed and he included at my request the great lead trumpeter Reunald Jones who had impressed me when I heard him with Basie’s band.


“The new Herd rehearsed at the Marquee and I was there when they tried Four Brothers for the first time. The saxes were an unknown quantity to Woody and when they finished he said, ‘You guys can certainly sight-read but can you play with some BALLS!’ He really wanted them to roar and create far more impact which they proceeded to do of course. The tour lasted for sixteen nights and Woody loved the band. He was particularly impressed with Ronnie and wanted to take him back to the States. Later that year I arranged a tour for the MJQ with Ronnie and Joe Harriott as guests. John Lewis thought Ronnie was exceptional and like Woody, he  encouraged him to try his luck in America”. Tapes of the MJQ’s Manchester concert with Ross and Harriott performing Django, How Long Has This Been Going On?, A Night In Tunisia, Bag’s Groove, Body And Soul and All The Things You Are have circulated for years.


In 1959 he and his good friend Allan Ganley formed the Jazzmakers with Art Ellefson on tenor. Along with the Jazz Couriers they were probably the finest of all our small groups. Keith Christie was occasionally added on trombone but he never recorded with them.  Reviewing their performance at New York’s Town Hall where they shared the bill with Thelonious Monk, Anita O’Day, Lennie Tristano and George Shearing, Burt Korall highlighted, “The excellence of their unisons and natural flowing interchanges”. Nesuhi Ertegun was so impressed that he recorded them for his Atlantic label and Down Beat awarded the album three stars although it should have been more.  The Jazzmakers appeared at Newport in 1959 but they disbanded a year later. Ross then joined the Vic Lewis band for an American tour which included an appearance at Birdland. Ronnie Scott took Jimmy Deuchar and Ross with him for an engagement at the Half Note in 1963 with a New York rhythm section featuring Roger Kellaway on piano. Ronnie also worked regularly until 1966 in a quartet with Bill Le Sage. There is a superb World Record Club album reflecting their time together which has yet to be reissued on CD.


He was once quoted in the Melody Maker saying, “The continent is where it’s all happening now” and in the early 60s he often worked in Germany at workshops in Hamburg, Frankfurt and Recklinghausen which were very well paid.  However he was becoming increasingly aware of the changes occurring in the local jazz scene – “If you weren’t playing avant-garde you weren’t required” was one of his rueful comments at the time.  On another occasion he said, “The jazz scene is smaller than ever now the Marquee has closed the Saturday night session. We have to make do with provincial clubs and they mostly close in the summer. It’s difficult to make a living in this country by playing here and there for peanuts”. (Major London venues like the Flamingo, the 100 Club and the Marquee had started featuring R’n’ B acts like Georgie Fame, Zoot Money, Geno Washington, the Rolling Stones and Herbie Goins.)  


During the 60s he often performed in big bands led by Kenny Clarke and Francy Boland, Johnny Dankworth, Maynard Ferguson, Stan Tracey and Tubby Hayes. A stellar session-man he also started getting calls from people like Rod Stewart, the Beatles and Alexis Korner. He performed on Donovan’s Mellow Yellow and famously on Lou Reed’s Walk On The Wild Side produced by David Bowie who had saxophone lessons with Ross as a twelve year old. It was Reed’s hymn to the drag queens and homosexuals who inhabited Andy Warhol’s New York Factory. Ronnie received a session fee of £10.00 for a solo that is the most memorable part of Reed’s hit.  In the 70s he recorded with Clark Terry, Jimmy Skidmore. Salena Jones and Freddy Cole. In the 80s his regular quartet often included John Horler who recently told me, “Ronnie had a lovely sound on baritone. He was a friendly guy and easy to work with”. He also often appeared with Matt Bianco. In a JJ interview (January 2010) Paul Booth told me when he was with the group he transcribed many of Ronnie’s solos, “Which is when I discovered how melodic and fluent he was with a great technique”.


The pantheon of baritone masters which includes Nick Brignola, Harry Carney, Serge Chaloff, Ronnie Cuber,  Bob Gordon, Lars Gullin and Gerry Mulligan is a small and very exclusive one. Another name should be added to that distinguished company – RONNIE ROSS – who died on 12 December 1991.


Selected Discography


As Leader
Stompin’/The Swinging Sounds Of The Jazzmakers: (Acrobat Music ACMCD 4300)
Bill Le Sage-Ronnie Ross Quartet: (World Record Club T346)
Cleopatra’s Needle: (Fontana SFJL 915)


As Sideman
The Tony Kinsey Collection 1953-61: (Acrobat Music ACSCD6001)
Ken Moule: Jazz At Toad Hall (Vocalion CDLK 4227)
Don Rendell Jazz Six: Playtime (Vocalion CDLK 4284)
John Lewis: European Windows (American Jazz Classics 99004)
Johnny Dankworth: What The Dickens! (Vocalion CDSML 8491
William Russo: Russo In London & Kenny Baker: Blowing Up A Storm (Vocalion CDSML 8490)




Paul Horn: Plenty of Horn in the House of Horn

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.      


“Paul Horn — who, in Chico Hamilton's words, was a ‘man of many reeds and woodwinds’ — proves here that he was more concerned with playing music of differing emotional styles than he was in sticking to a certain, well-defined rut. There is constant change in this set; ebullience and restraint; soft, provocative swing and bucolic lushness. Everyone does extremely well, supporting and joining Horn in a variety of orchestral settings. Exceptional musicianship, fluidness, sensitivity and a thoughtful approach made these, Paul Horn's first recordings as a leader, a showcase of the range and the technical prowess of his playing.”
- Jordi Pujol, insert notes to Paul Horn Plenty of Horn

The title of this piece is derived from reed and woodwind player Paul Horn’s first two LPs as a leader on the Dot label  - Plenty of Horn [DLP 9002] and House of Horn [DLP 3091].

Both have been reissued as a double CD - Paul Horn Plenty of Horn [FSR CD 523] -  on Fresh Sound Records along with tracks from Paul’s Quintet September 15, 1958 appearance on the Stars of Jazz TV Show and his quartet’s part in a concert put on by Down Beat Magazine at Town Hall in NYC on May 16, 1958.

The LPs have been difficult to locate as they were originally issued in a very limited pressing so to have this music available again

You can preview excerpts from the 29 tracks that make up this CD 2-fer as well as locate order information on the Fresh Sound website by going here.

Paul Horn was born March 17, 1930, in New York City. Both his parents loved music. His mother, Frances Sper, was associated with Irving Berlin and was a well-known pianist and singer in Tin Pan Alley; his father, Jack Horn, gave Paul's career invaluable support. Paul began studying piano when he was four, but shelved that for the clarinet at eleven, and took up alto sax at thirteen. He played in the band and orchestra at high school, and took a Bachelor's Degree in Music at Oberlin College. He studied further at the Manhattan School of Music (with classmates including Max Roach, John Lewis and Julius Watkins) and earned his Master's Degree. After a term of military service Paul played with the Sauter-Finegan Orchestra (or nearly a year, where his skill on several reed instruments stood him in good stead). In September, 1956, Paul left the orchestra to join the Chico Hamilton Quintet, with which he achieved his greatest prominence, and was acclaimed as one of the most versatile reed players on the scene.

These recordings were Horn's first effort as a leader. He chose a variety of settings to present his considerable talents on flute, saxophone, and clarinet. His debut album "House of Horn" was recorded in September 1957, while Paul was still a member of Chico's quintet, and his efforts were highly praised by the trade papers. Metronome made a particularly fitting comment when they said ".-.it's an album that's meant to be music, with styles falling where they may."

Early in 1958, Paul left the drummer's unit to become a freelance, and in April he recorded "Plenty of Horn," another stimulating and elaborated album, full of musical contrasts. The imaginative writing that pervades this 2-CD set is admirable, in both jazz and non-jazz contexts, in which all concerned turn in superior performances, with ample room for wailing too.


Horn contributed five originals (House of Horn, Pony Tale, To a Little Boy, A Parable, Blues for Tom), and three arrangements (Chloe, Yesterdays, Invitation) -, Allyn Ferguson arranged Day by Day, and composed A Soldier's Dream and the ambitious Moods for Horn, a compositionally sound, brassily exciting showcase for the reedman on alto sax (Effervescence), moody alto flute (Reminiscence), soaring piccolo (Exuberance) and clarinet (Ebullience). Fred Katz wrote three non-jazz pieces, The Golden Princess,Siddhartha, Romanze. but in The Smith Family, he revealed an abrupt switch in content and mood, with a guileless, down-on-the-farm line that swings off into a simple blues theme; Pete Rugolo arranged Sunday, Monday or Always and composed Interlude.

For Paul Horn, nominated by Playboy, Down Beat and Metronome magazines as one of the nation's top jazz musicians, this was obviously a worthy record debut.

The set is complemented with two appearances by the Paul Horn Quintet recorded during the TV show "Stars of Jazz" in Los Angeles, and a live performance at the Town Hall theater in New York, which was part of a concert organized by the "Down Beat" jazz magazine. For the latter, Paul Horn trekked east with bassist Don Bagley and they teamed with pianist Dick Katz and drummer Osie Johnson. This East/West quartet led by Paul Horn offered Give Me The Simple Life, a crisp and pulsing performance, and a moody rendition of Willow Weep For Me embellished by Horn's liquid-like variations.
-Jordi Pujol


The following are the unsigned original liner note; from the 12" album House of Horn Dot DIP 3091.

“As this album plainly indicates, Paul Horn is building a most impressive musical house. It rests, of course, on a solid foundation of academic training; appropriately for a House of Horn, the supporting members (he uses five here) are all of the woodwind family; and a formidable element in the structure is Paul's newly-revealed talent as a composer-arranger-leader. A versatile builder, this young man.

The five instruments Paul plays here are alto saxophone, clarinet, piccolo, flute, and alto flute. Actually he has mastered even more of the woodwinds, and one might well wonder why this diversity of effort. Paul's answer is quite clear: "There are emotions you can register on a flute," he points out, "that just wouldn't come off on, say, a piccolo or alto sax. Each has an individual sound. And I never feel satisfied with substitutes."

This discerning musical taste has made Paul his own sternest taskmaster.
Having postponed earlier opportunities to record a first Paul Horn album, he now presents this album's inventive, wide-ranging program with the confidence of someone who knows at last where he stands, an artist who has clearly defined his terms.

The acquisition of this musical identity, Paul feels, came about when he left the relative anonymity of the Sauter-Finegan Orchestra for the creative explorations of the Chico Hamilton Quintet. Though he credits every member of that group with stimulating help, Paul singles out Fred Katz (who, remarkably, works simultaneously as jazz cellist, classical cellist, and serious composer) as the most important influence of all.

"I live just two doors from Fred," he relates, "and we spend a great deal of time together. We talk about our kids, about politics, about people, places, and economics. But mostly we talk about music."

And, of course, they play music. The result, in both writing and performance, is an unusual amalgam of what most people call jazz and the classics, of improvisation and composition. To those who would ask what, really, to call his music, Paul has this reply:

"I think," he says, "that it's unfortunate when any music must carry a label.

"If a person begins to listen to music with preconceived notions of the category it ought to fall into, that person isn't giving himself or the music a fair chance.

"A musician has to satisfy his own musical desires and most of the time that can be difficult enough.

"In this particular case —in House of Horn— I'm doing what really satisfies me. I can't ask for more than that."

Three of the album's nine selections have been composed and arranged by Paul himself; for the six remaining, Paul has called on three superb young modernists, Fred Katz, Pete Rugolo, and Allyn Ferguson, to write a brace of selections each.

Pony Tale gives Paul a opportunity to demonstrate his amazing flute technique. He wrote the tune for his wife, who often ponytails her blonde tresses.

Day By Day is an Allyn Ferguson arrangement for a near-standard ballad. Horn's alto sax is set against cello, then bass, and finally against the string quartet. There are two notable drum passages in this tune, the drum being heard first with bass, then with piano.

A Soldier's Dream is another Ferguson work, an original composition based on a marching ballad of Civil War vintage. The theme is first stated m its marching context by Horn's piccolo and the drums. But Ferguson quickly brings guitar, vibes and piano into the picture and the proceedings take on a finger-snapping excitement. The addition of the string quartet fails to halt the rollicking, swinging feel which continues to the close. Shortly before the coda. Horn's piccolo and the drums again state the march theme while everyone else continues in the |azz groove. Another composer also utilized this theme with excellent results — listen to the final movement of Darius Milhaud's "Suite Provencale."

House Of Horn is another virtuoso flute performance designed by Paul. Except for a 16-bar establishment of tempo near the end, it is a completely improvised flute solo — and an amazingly minute detailing of Paul's capabilities on the instrument. He plays pensively, with gusto, uncovers an amazing vibrato and a consistently level double-tonguing of the flute; he even inserts a four-bar passage of very difficult flutter-tonguing.

The Golden Princess is a colorful musical picture painted by Fred Katz. Paul's flute works against a piano-vibes unison that creates a celeste-like pattern and there is a remarkable shuffling of twelve-tone figures near the halfway mark. Another mark of the keen Katz pen is noted in the vivid piano-flute-vibes counterpoint shortly before the close.

Sunday, Monday, Or Always almost fails to fall into the "standard" category with this reworking by Pete Rugolo's pen. Alto and guitar are most prominent here, and the cello blends nicely with both. Toward the end a little fugue-ish theme alternates between 2/4 and 4/4, creating an intriguing and eccentric movement.

To A Little Boy is Paul's third composition for this album and it is dedicated to his very young son. Marlen. Flute is spotlighted against string section, augmented by "chiming" vibes.

Siddhartha is a monumental composition for Paul's clarinet and string quartet. Using the twelve-tone system, Fred Katz has fashioned a work that ignites in flashing emotional fire between cello and clarinet. The scoring for the viola and twin violins is masterfully subtle. Near the conclusion there is a certain moroseness that suggests Alban Berg or Bela Bartok: Katz admits to heavy influence from both of these modern masters — an influence that in this case is solid and vital. Especially noteworthy are the enormous clarinet passages Paul plays here, passages made more remarkable by the fact they are almost all (80 percent, says Katz) total improvisation.

Interlude, an original composition by Pete Rugolo, belies its title by concluding the album, Rugolo employs Paul's alto flute, in company with cello and rhythm, for a melody that is wholly new, yet continues at each rehearing to sound mysteriously evocative.


The following are the unsigned original liner notes from the 12" album Plenty of Horn Dot DLP 9002 Paul Horn's recent album debut was select by Metronome magazine as "Best of the Month" in March 1958. This and other similar recognition constituted a challenge when it came to preparing a second album, for such an auspicious bow could hardly be followed by anything less than a notable encore. Paul Horn has met the challenge head-on in Plenty of Horn, in which there is, indeed, plenty of Paul—Paul playing flute, alto flute, piccolo, clarinet and alto sax; Horn set in trios, quartets, quintets, sextets, and a brass choir; Horn composing; Horn arranging; Paul conducting. The cornucopia is bountiful with Paul Horn and friends in a wide range of moods and tempi.

The acknowledged virtuosity of the young woodwinder, who has since left the Hamilton group to freelance, is again evident in these well-charted courses, which this time wend their way almost exclusively through the realm of "jazz of the day-in-day-out variety."Romanze, by Fred Katz, is this album's only venture into the domain of atonality-sans-rhythm, but that is not to say that there exists any dearth of imagination; only that the beat continues throughout, solid and exciting.

One side is largely devoted to an ambitious jazz composition by Allyn Ferguson, Moods for Horn, each part of which frames a different Horn. Effervescence, for example, features Paul playing his alto sax with increased assurance and maturity, and with great drive. Reminiscence evokes a more appropriately lush mood for the contemplative sounds of his alto flute, while in Exuberance Paul and his piccolo engage in a rollicking romp. The moods are rounded out with Ebullience, which features both the clarinet and the alto sax. All four of these are cushioned, punctuated and enhanced by the brass choir, for which Ferguson has created a demanding score.

This balanced and rewarding second collection serves as a marker in the development of a talented man en route to his goal: consummate artistry in all the facets of jazz—as instrumentalist, composer, arranger, and judicious organizer. This development and the certainty of that goal are amply demonstrated here.”

Mention should be made of the many wonderful West Coast based musicians who accompany Paul on these recordings including drummers Chico Hamilton and Shelly Manne, guitarists John Pisano and Billy Bean, pianist Gerald Wiggins, vibraphonist Larry Bunker and bassist Red Mitchell.

I was particularly impressed with Paul Horn’s alto sax playing on these recordings, especially with the edginess of his tone and the fluid expression of his improvised ideas which all full of original phrases. It is regrettable that he would give up reed instruments in the later years of his career to concentrate almost exclusively on flute.



Dexter Gordon - To Lester from Dexter with ... Cheese Cake

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.



"I FIRST HEARD DEXTER GORDON ON A 78 RPM SAVOY SIDE "Settin The Pace;" a co-led date with Leo Parker on baritone. I was 14 years old at the time and I played this record until the surface turned to powder. Within a few years I had a small trove of Dexter on Dial and sundry independent labels. Later it was the Dexter Blue Notes contained in this retrospective (among the very favorites in my collection to this day.) Although I never saw him perform during this period, he became a real musical hero for me. He told beautiful stories with every solo. His sound was larger than life. The very essence of modern jazz, the very definition of hipness, and my favorite tenor saxophonist of them all." 

- Bruce Lundvall, Recording Executive


"Love, warmth and sheer joy are all present in Gordon's sound and attack. It can be heard and felt in the tremendous drive of his up tempo work, the width and depth of his ballads, or anywhere in between. All these affirmative qualities are reiterated in this album. There is also evidence of change, harmonically, in the playing of a man who was known for his harmonic awareness back in the mid-Forties. This is the kind of record that has you starting again from side one, track one, immediately after you have played both sides in their entirety."

- Ira Gitler, Liner Notes to GO! [Blue Note 84112]


I could listen to Dexter Gordon play the tenor saxophone all night.


There was a time in my life when I often did.


Dexter made a batch of LP’s for Alfred Lion’s Blue Note label in the 1960s and his playing on them was a revelation.


His solos on these recordings were exciting and explosive, his time hard-driving and impeccable and his sound was big and wide-open.


Dexter’s ideas and inventions flowed so effusively that I couldn’t keep up with them; I couldn’t absorb them.


Anything that came into his mind came out of his horn; effortlessly.


Cascade after cascade of the hippest phrases simply flowed and flowed and flowed.


Coleman Hawkins, Lester Young, Sonny Rollins and John Coltrane received more public notice, awards and accolades, but Dexter was right up there with all of them.


When Jazz went to Europe to live, so did Dexter, performing and hanging out in Paris and Copenhagen for most of the last two decades of his life.


By the time of his triumphant return visits to the Village Vanguard in NYC and Keystone Korner in San Francisco in the late 1970s, he had become a different player; more laid back, lyrical and laconic, but still a force to be reckoned with.


Here are a few thoughts and observation about Dexter from Garry Giddins’ marvelous five-page essay on him in Visions of Jazz: The First Century [pp.330–335]:


“The King of Quoters, Dexter Gordon, was himself eminently quotable. In a day not unlike our own, when purists issue fiats about what is or isn't valid in jazz, Gordon declared flatly, ‘jazz is an octopus’—it will assimilate anything it can use. Drawing closer to home, he spoke of his musical lineage: Coleman Hawkins "was going out farther on the chords, but Lester [Young] leaned to the pretty notes. He had a way of telling a story with everything he played/' Young's story was sure, intrepid, daring, erotic, cryptic. A generation of saxophonists found itself in his music, as an earlier generation had found itself in Hawkins's rococo virtuosity. …


Gordon's appeal was to be found not only in his Promethean sound and nonstop invention, his impregnable authority combined with a steady and knowing wit, but also in a spirit born in the crucible of jam sessions. He was the most formidable of battlers, undefeated in numerous contests, and never more engaging than in his kindred flare-ups with the princely Wardell Gray, a perfect Lestorian foil, gently lyrical but no less swinging and sure. …


Gordon was an honest and genuinely original artist of deep and abiding humor and of tremendous personal charm. He imparted his personal characteristics to his music—size, radiance, kindness, a genius for discontinuous logic. Consider his trademark musical quotations—snippets from other songs woven into the songs he is playing. Some, surely, were calculated. But not all and probably not many, for they are too subtle and too supple. They fold into his solos like spectral glimpses of an alternative universe in which all of Tin Pan Alley is one infinite song. That so many of the quotations seem verbally relevant I attribute to Gordon's reflexive stream-of-consciousness and prodigious memory for lyrics. I cannot imagine him planning apposite quotations.”


Bruce Lundvall and Michael Cuscuna collected all of the albums that Dexter made for Blue Note into a six compact disc, boxed set that includes some omitted tracks along with photographs by Francis Wolff and selected commentary.


It’s great to have all of this music by Dexter in a digital format and it provides a convenient means to sample the music of this Jazz giant if you are not as yet familiar with it.


In line with Gary Giddins’ characterization of Dexter as “The King of the Quoters,” Dexter composed an homage to Lester Young by making a few minor [literally] chord alterations to “Tickle Toe,” an original composition that Lester made famous while performing with Count Basie’s Orchestra.


Dexter entitled his piece “Cheese Cake” and you can listen to his performance of it on the audio track to the following video on which he is joined by Sonny Clark on piano, Butch Warren on bass and Billy Higgins on drums.


To experience the sheer joy and delight of a brilliant Jazz tenor saxophonist “at work,” you can’t do much better than Dexter’s solos on “Cheese Cake.”

Paul Desmond - Another Perspective

$
0
0
© -  Steven A. Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


After featuring earlier pieces on the late Paul Desmond [1924-1977] on these pages that focused mainly on the writings of the eminent Jazz author, Doug Ramsey, a long-time friend of Paul’s, the editorial staff at JazzProfiles thought that Paul’s memory had been well-served.


That is until we found the following essay simply entitled “Paul” in the September, 1983 edition of Gene Lees’ JazzLetter.


Desmond-by-Lees is just too good to pass up, especially since Gene’s narrative emphasizes developments in Paul’s career after the classic Dave Brubeck Quartet disbanded in 1967 up to his death in 1977, a period when, for the most part, Paul did his best to retreat from the public eye.


PAUL


“Two platters of melon and cold cuts rested, along with a large deep bowl filled with ice and small bottles of wine, on a coffee table in a dressing room backstage at the Hollywood Bowl. On the open door were two names, Gerry Mulligan and Dave Brubeck. Gerry had just finished performing. Distantly, from the stage, we could hear Stan Getz. A girl appeared in the door and told Gerry that Dave was outside and wanted to say hello but didn't want to enter a roomful of cigarette smoke. There was in fact little smoke in the room. It seemed that almost all Gerry's guests had quit smoking, and Gerry, who has in recent years shown serious symptoms of moderation, smokes only occasionally.


I went outdoors with him. It was a warm smoggy night. Dave was wearing a white tuxedo jacket and ruffled shirt open at the throat. Gerry wore slim-legged black slacks and a white pullover shirt with loose sleeves that vaguely evoked the Middle Ages. I sometimes think Mulligan wishes he had lived then.

It was inevitable that we would talk about Paul. Desperate Desmond, as Gerry now and then had called him. "And what was that name he had for you?" Dave said. "G. Emily Guncloset," Gerry answered, and explained that this what Paul had insisted the French emcee is saying on that Paris album wherein he announces."Et maintenant — Zhe-hree Moo-leh-gahn!"


The last time I had seen Dave was at his home in Wilton, Connecticut — not all that far from Mulligan's present residence in Darien — and that had been at least fifteen years before.


Dave was slim and youthful at sixty-four. Paul had insisted, when they were young, that Dave must be part Indian. Dave doesn't seem to be all that sure about it himself; where his father grew up, a mixed white and Indian blood was fairly common, as it is in much of the American west. Anyway, whatever his roots, Dave does indeed look more and more like some distinguished Cherokee chieftain as he grows older.


Dave grinned --he has a wonderful embracing smile that makes his eyes crinkle — and he pointed at me and said, "I was thinking about you just the other day. I was remembering when you and Paul almost got us all shot in Indiana!"


"Oh God, yes," I said, laughing. "I've thought about it often. I think of you and me and Paul, lost at that crossroads amid all that corn in the middle of the night. We couldn't see over the cornfields to get our bearings."


"Would you say," Mulligan offered, "that this makes those people insular?"
And we told a few Desmond stories.


Paul was chronically tardy. In the early days, he would arrive in his car at the last minute to pick Dave up for their gig at the Band Box in San Francisco. The traffic lights near Stanford were set for forty-five miles per hour. Paul reasoned that they should also work at double that speed, and so he would go tearing to the job at ninety. "And on top of that," Dave said, "he'd be reading all the signs along the road backwards. And I just wanted him to watch the road."


Paul's early life is almost a blank. He never spoke of it to me, and perhaps to no one but Dave. Dave says Paul adored his father but not his mother. "If you knew the story," he said, "you could forgive him anything."


"I have nothing to forgive him for, Dave," I said.


Dave did. Paul's tardiness in the early days bordered on the truly irresponsible. Dave at one point told his wife, lola, "I never want to see Paul Desmond again," and went a year without speaking to him.


Paul had an ability to maintain direct friendships with the wives of friends. Indeed he carried on suspended loves with some of them, curiously pure and innocent. One of them was my wife, to whom he said wistfully, "It seems to be my destiny to be in love with the wife of one of my best friends." Another was lola, to whom he was very close. He was not of course the first man to resolve a fear of marriage by investing his deeper feelings in women who were safely out of reach.


After the months of estrangement, Paul turned up at Dave's house, doubtless looking woebegone. lola went to the back porch, where Dave was hanging up diapers, and told him he would simply have to see Paul.


After that reconciliation, they never looked back. Interestingly, though Dave repeatedly signed contracts with Paul, Paul never signed and never returned them — another symptom of his fear of commitment. Yet he never questioned the bookings and deals Dave signed on their behalf. And he became Uncle Paul to all Dave's children.


Stan Getz ended his segment of the concert. It was time for Dave's group to go on.


"I still miss him, Dave," I said.


And for a moment Dave looked bereft, truly lost. He said, "Oh boy, so do I."


Paul and Mulligan and I used to hang out together in New York in the 1960s. Gerry was deeply involved with Judy Holliday then. Every man who knew her was in some way in love with her, probably including me and Desmond. And certainly Alec Wilder. Paul had a taste for complex puns, and so did Judy, who said of the ferns in the window of her vast and ancient apartment in the Dakotas, the building that became famous when John Lennon was shot in front of it, "With fronds like these, who needs anemones?" Mulligan is by no means slow with a mot himself. Gary McFarland said, after an evening with the three of them, "I felt like I was caught in the middle of an acrostic."


Desmond was the co-inventor of the most complicated pun I ever heard; I cannot recall who was his collaborator in this silliness. Dave says the joke dates back at least to 1954. It concerns a boy of Italian parentage named Carbaggio, born in Germany. Feeling himself a misfit, with his dark curly hair, among all those Teutonic blonds, he tries to be even more German than the Germans. In late adolescence he flees to Paris, where he steals one of those brass miniatures of the Eiffel Tower. Arrested by the police, he is given a choice of going to jail or leaving the country. He boards the first outbound ship and arrives in New York. Thinking he would like a career in communications, he goes to the RCA building in Rockefeller Plaza, takes an elevator, and walks into the office of General Sarnoff. Sarnoff tells him the only possible job is as a strikebreaker. The boy takes it. When the strike ends, he finds himself on a union blacklist. He goes to work making sonar equipment for a company owned by a man named Harris. After several years, his English is improved to the point where he gets a job on a radio station as a disc jockey. His show is called Rock Time. And he has fulfilled his destiny: he's a routine Teuton Eiffel-lootin' Sarnoff goon from Harris Sonar, Rock-Time Carbaggio.


I used to wonder what kind of mind would expend the effort of working out something like that.


Paul's kind. He numbered many writers among his friends, as Judy Holliday did, and he was an habitue of Elaine's, a bar on the upper East Side of New York City frequented by novelists and other scriveners, whereas Mulligan and I, during the waning afternoons of those years, could usually be found in Jim and Andy's.
Paul also had a taste for high-fashion models of which, in his travels, he had accumulated a considerable collection. Only recently a Toronto newspaper reporter friend of mine mentioned a famous Canadian model who had lived in his apartment building. Soliciting a Bloody Mary from him one hungover Sunday morning, she said, "I haven't been this tired since the last time Paul Desmond was in town."


Pianist Marian McPartland once wrote an article about Paul for me at Down Beat. It must have been about that time that I first met him. She asked Paul about his penchant for models. "Well," he said to her, "they'll go out for a while with a cat who's scuffling but they always seem to end up marrying some manufacturer from the Bronx. This is the way the world ends, not with a whim but a banker."


Paul was Dave's diametrical opposite. Once, in South America, a jazz fan possessed by that almost religious fervor for the music that you encounter in other countries asked me whether it was true that Paul and Dave had a homosexual relationship. I didn't even laugh. I was boggled by the question. Aside from the extraordinary rarity of homosexuality in jazz — the incidence is far below not only the other arts but the population norm, a statistical anomaly that is deeply puzzling — one could not easily imagine two men less likely to be so involved. Paul was a womanizer who doted on beautiful girls and Dave is famous for an unshaken lifetime devotion to his wife.


"I spent twenty years trying to get Dave Brubeck laid," Paul said with that idiosyncratic wicked laugh of his.


"He was always trying to get me drunk or get me to do something," Dave says with a smile.


"Sometimes," Paul said on another occasion, "I get the feeling that there are orgies going on all over New York City, and somebody says 'Let's call Desmond,' and somebody else says, 'Why bother? He's probably home reading the Encyclopedia Britannica.'"


"Yeah, but Paul," I said, "you probably are."


Home in those last years was a penthouse apartment at 56th Street and Sixth Avenue. Like Mitch Miller, Paul had a listed telephone number. Nobody ever thought to look it up and fans rarely if ever called.


The living room of that apartment was a chaos, rivalled only by that of Glenn Gould in Toronto, of books, newpapers, records, tapes, tape recorders, crushed Pall Mall packs, and a black Steinway grand with a high gloss on which Paul played me tunes he wanted me to write lyrics for and for which, alas, I never did. In his will Paul left that piano to Bradley's as a wry act of kindness to musicians who suffer long with bad nightclub pianos. Paul and I went once to Bradley's to hear Jimmy Rowles. And now Jimmy plays Paul's piano there.


On that piano was the photo of a girl, taken long before, the wife of his best friend in the early years. Paul and she had fallen in love, which destroyed her marriage and of course the friendship. I suspect that Paul always carried a certain amount of guilt over it. It was that man, famous now himself, who broke the news to me at some social gathering in Los Angeles that Paul had lung cancer. And I could hear in his voice the trace of an old affection for Paul.


Paul was in fact an easy man to love. Everyone knew that but Paul. I once said that about him in print and, later he confessed that he had choked up on reading it.


Paul was quite capable, in his last years, of doing two quarts of whiskey a day, although I did not then and do not now consider him an addicted alcoholic. He obtained a syringe from his doctor and used to give himself vitamin shots in the thigh in the mornings, to diminish the hangovers. I used to imagine him, whiskey glass in one hand and a cigarette in the other, falling asleep on the sofa in front of a television set hissing with snow after the National Anthem, and maybe burning a hole in his trousers. He reminded me of Mitya, the Karamazov brother who wants to leap heels up into the muck to make himself as bad as he thinks he is and escape the burden of virtue in an ongoing corruption. In the end, Paul failed, because he was a very gentle man, and a very, very good one, haunted by his own romanticism, which he mocked in words and a wry choice of notes, and never finding that perfect love-for-a-lifetime he always, really, wanted. He was the loneliest man I ever knew.


Paul and Dave were native Californians. David Warren Brubeck was born in Concord on December 6,1920. Paul Emil Breitenfeld (he said he got Desmond out of a telephone book) was born November 25,1924, in San Francisco. His mother was Irish, his father German. Paul thought his father was Jewish until, near the end of his life, a relative told him he wasn't. His father was a theater organist who became friends with a young cellist, also of German ancestry and native of San Francisco, named Hugo Friedhofer. Hugo and Paul never met. Hugo loved Paul's playing, which reflected that of Benny Carter and, among others, Pete Brown. I hear an echo of Johnny Hodges' upper register in Paul's playing. Bobby Scott detects a good deal of Lester Young. In any case Paul was a unique player. You could hear him for one bar and know it was he.


His playing was lyrical, romantic, soaring, and, in the very best sense of the word, pretty. If the saxophonists inspired by Lester Young played tenor as if it were alto, Paul played alto as if it were clarinet. Paul had at one time been able to play an octave even higher on the horn, but then an admirer asked him how he did it and Paul tried to show him and lost that other octave forever. Dave confirms the story. Ralph J. Gleason told me years ago that Paul disliked fast tempos (he also disliked fancy changes and busy drummers) and that Dave, knowing this, and also knowing that Paul played his best when angry, would kick very fast tempos on purpose. Dave confirmed that story, too. Left to his own devices, Paul would have played ballads and medium-up tunes all evening. Notice on the albums he did without Dave how few (if any) really fast tunes there are. When I asked him how he had developed his sound, Paul said, "Welll - " in the way he had of drawing that word out "— I had it in the back of my mind that I wanted to sound like a dry martini." I quoted that in print, and it went around the world, quoted again so often that Paul said he wished he'd never said it. But in fact his sound did resemble the flavor of a dry martini, it had a sort of oval-shaped bitterness.


On another occasion, I said to him, "Paul, what accounts for the melancholy in your playing?" And he said, "Wellllll, the fact that I'm not playing better." It happens that I asked the question while doing a formal interview with him, of which I have a tape. You can hear us both cracking up at that retort, but Paul's laughter crumbles into a dry raspy cough, the gift of his tobacco company and the presage of his carcinoma.


It was this sardonic quality that made Paul's romanticism work. It is impossible to write tragedy without a sense of humor. Humor lights up dark literature, like Rembrandt's underpainting. Without it the work is merely heavy, turgid. Make 'em laugh before you make 'em cry. Shakespeare does this deftly — the gatekeeper's scene in Macbeth, the gravedigger's scene in Hamlet. How smoothly Stravinsky does it in the Firebird Suite. Sibelius lifts your spirits before laying that tragic trombone melody on you in the Seventh Symphony. It is irony, mockery even, that makes Lorenz Hart the greater lyricist than Oscar Hammerstein. My Funny Valentine -- Hammerstein could never have conceived such a thought. Without an inner humor, tragic art becomes like the pathetic you-gotta-hear-my-story lapel-grabbing of a barroom drunk. Here is one of the distinguishing differences between Tchaikovsky and Mozart. Mozart's restraint in sorrow makes his music only the more poignant. And Paul had that kind of elegance.


It was the fashion of some critics, who paid attention not to what he was doing but to what he had no intention of doing, to patronize his playing as "weak". There was of course nothing "weak" about it. Like someone sufficiently secure in his manhood that he is unhesitatingly gentle (a quality you encounter in some athletes), Paul never, as it were, had to raise his voice. He was too busy being funny, and in being funny was often heartbreaking.


Quotes in jazz are dangerous, and they can be corny, but Paul's were sly, humorous, and ingenious. When the quartet would play Montreal, Dave says, Paul would quote I'm a Dreamer, Aren't We All? It was a play on words and music, in keeping with the principle of Cockney rhyming slang, which Dave knew to mean: I'm a Dreamer, Montreal. His mind worked the same way in words. Annoyed by an aggressive woman reporter who kept asking him banal questions, he said, "You're beginning to sound like a cross between David Frost and David Susskind, and that is a cross I cannot bear."


Both he and Dave would play telephone numbers in their solos. (The notes of a scale are numbered; any sequence of numbers can therefore be rendered as a melodic phrase.) When one of his girlfriends would arrive at a club, Paul would play her phone number into a solo. Dave came to recognize some of these numbers and if two or more of Paul's ladies turned up at the same time and Dave was the first to see them, he would alert Paul by playing their numbers on the piano.


Dave and Paul achieved a close rapport in those years. Paul told me once, "When you do something good simultaneously, that's very interesting, but when you make the same mistake at the same time, that gets scary." Dave Brubeck's career has been a mixture of acclaim and, derogation. But one person you did not run Dave Brubeck down to was Paul Desmond. And he thought Dave comped for a horn player better than just about anybody.


He also loved the Modern Jazz Quartet. Connie Kay was probably his favorite drummer. On Christmas day, 1971, Paul joined the MJQ for their annual Town Hall concert in New York. The performance was recorded, though poorly. John Lewis worked closely with engineer Don Puluse to achieve a miracle of enhancement and issued the album on the Finesse label. "For Paul's friends," John said. "I think they'll like it." He was quite right: it is one of Paul's best albums. One hears immediately why Paul felt such an affinity for the MJQ. (It extended even to the conservative style of their dress.)


Paul recorded five albums for RCA Victor, a number for CTI, one in Toronto for Horizon; and the last thing he ever did was with Chet Baker. But of course the bulk of his recorded work was with the Brubeck group.


Once I ran into Paul on 56th Street, not long before the quartet disbanded. "Are you guys working?" I said.

"Are we working?" he said. "We're working as if it were going out of style — which of course it is. "That's a typical Desmondism. You hear similar unexpected addenda to his musical phrases.


"The official disbandment of the quartet was at the end of 1967," Paul said. "It really should have been in Paris. It was the end of the European tour, it was the end of twenty years of playing together, seventeen of which we got paid for. The Paris concert was recorded. It was a logical time to end the whole thing, but we had two or three anti-climactic concerts left in the schedule."


Was it true that Paul actually founded what became the Dave Brubeck Quartet?


"Well," Paul said, "to the extent that it was a trio with a girl singer, and Dave and
I did vocals, if you'd like to believe that."


"No kidding," I said. "I do find it hard to believe."


"I find it hard to believe myself."


"You I can sort of handle, but not Dave."


"How it all began was that Dave was working in a place called Geary Cellar in San Francisco with Norman Bates and a singer named Francis Lynn and a tenor player. And I used to go by and bribe the tenor player variously, so I could sit in with Dave. And, in one of the most courageous acts I ever performed, I stole his entire band and took them away, down to a place outside Stanford. I expected to be wrapped in cement and sunk in San Francisco Bay for several months thereafter."


Paul lacked the attributes of a bandleader. "When it comes to money," he said once, "I shouldn't be allowed loose in the street." Dave, on the other hand, is an organized individual, and gradually he became the leader. Though they were attracting a following, no record company was interested and finally Dave recorded them with his own money, little though he had of it. The first albums were on Fantasy, but before long the group moved to Columbia Records and become the most popular jazz group in the world.


Paul was married briefly and once. Even Dave knows very little about the marriage, which occurred during or shortly after Paul's last year at San Francisco State University, where he was preparing himself to be a writer. The only reason I know about the marriage is that I met the girl, not long after their divorce and before I knew Paul. Paul never mentioned her to me, and I mentioned her only once, when we had both had a few too many drinks. Paul got tears in his eyes and I never spoke of her again.


Paul in fact never talked about the women in his life. Contrary to what most women seem to think, few men boast of their conquests, and those who do are usually held in contempt by other men. It is considered unmanly. But Paul was unusually reticent on the subject. I met a few of his ladies, however, and they were all great beauties.


Dave did something intelligent and generous: he made Paul in effect a partner in the group, receiving not only a salary but a percentage. They made a lot of money in those years, some of which Paul and Dave jointly invested. "Dave managed," Paul cracked once, "to find one of the few pieces on land on the California coast with no water on it."


But they lived very separate lives, which was inevitable, in view of their personalities, philosophies, and ways of living. Nonetheless, when Dave became gravely ill with mumps orchitis, it was Paul whom lola called to help her take him to the hospital. Paul hated the uncivilized outdoors and all his life had a nightclub pallor to go with his lean and slightly stooped frame. With Paul and lola holding his arms, Dave entered the hospital lobby. The staff was expecting them, and a nurse took one look at Paul and said, "Oh Mr. Brubeck, let me get you a wheelchair."


Paul was perfectly happy to let Dave have the publicity and, when the hour came, simply walk onstage, play, and at concert's end leave with some girl.


One afternoon during that Indiana weekend when Paul and I almost got us all shot, he and I were invited to a party being held in some park by members of the Junior Chamber of Commerce. This was not exactly Paul's natural habitat. In the car, the thirtyish couple who had invited us took up the praises of some local singer, suggesting that Paul and I might be able to advance her career for which she would no doubt express her gratitude in an interesting (though not particularly original) way. The wife in the team made much of her friend's prodigious physical endowments. Somewhat amazed that I was actually hearing this, I said, "Does she have a husband?"


"Oh yes," our hostess said brightly, as if nothing could be more irrelevant.
"What does he do?" I said.


"Bites his nails," Paul muttered darkly.


At the party, held in that great outdoors for which Paul had no taste, only beer was being served. And Paul had no taste for that either. "Split city," he said, and we did. It was that night that we almost got blown away.


My wife and I spent the first half of the 1970s in Toronto. Another thing Paul had in common with Glenn Gould was an addiction to the telephone. He would call, often very late, and begin the conversation with a cheery, "Hello there, this is your friend Paul Breitenfeld." If he didn't reach me, he would talk to my wife by the hour. He had in fact known her before I did, back in a time when he was dating a friend of hers in Detroit, inevitably a model. Paul was one of those men who genuinely like women, which no doubt was one reason he was so attractive to them.


One day I got a call from Paul Grosney, a well-known Toronto trumpet player who books the performers for several jazz clubs, including Bourbon Street. Desmond had appeared in public very little in the last few years, and never in his life as a leader, except for that brief early experience in San Francisco. Grosney asked if I thought Paul would play Bourbon Street. I said that I doubted it, but it wouldn't hurt to ask him.


"Would you let me have his phone number?" Grosney said.


"Sure, but it's in the New York phone book."


Not long after that I got a call from Desmond, reporting on his conversation with Groz. "Do you think I should do it?" he said.


"Sure. You've done enough of being Achilles in the tent. It's a nice room, so come on up and hang out."


"I don't know," Paul said. "I'd have to practice..."


"So practice," I said.


"What about a rhythm section?"


"Ask for Don Thompson on bass, Terry Clark or Jerry Fuller on drums, and Ed Bickert on guitar."


"I've heard about Ed Bickert," Paul said. "Jim Hall told me about him. Jim says he's one of the few guitar players who scare him when he sees him come into a room."


Paul accepted the engagement. He called several more times. He said he was practicing and he didn't intend to do any drinking until the gig was over. (He may have been referring to that period when he told Doug Ramsey, "I tried practicing for a few weeks and ended up playing too fast." He used to call himself "the world's slowest alto player.")


He arrived in Toronto, held a rehearsal with the rhythm section, felt better about things, and came up to our apartment. He was surprisingly nervous about the gig but firm in his decision not to drink. I tried to keep him talking. "Have you started work on the book?" He was supposed to be writing a book on the years of the Dave Brubeck Quartet, the title for which was alone worth the price of admission.
"Only to the extent that I sold that one chapter to Punch and on the basis of that sold the book, so they gave me money, and now I have to do something about it."


"What's the exact story of that title?"


"At least once, and usually more often, a month, we'd get on a plane and... First would come Gene Wright with his bass. Then came Joe Morello — Dr. Cyclops, although he was always good-natured about his thick glasses. This procession would alert the flight attendants and passengers that something was happening.
"First the salesman in the second row behind Gene with the bass would say, 'Hey, are you going to tuck it under your chin and play some music for us?' That was inevitable. Then the stewardess would say, 'What band are you with?' And we'd say, 'Well, actually, it's the Dave Brubeck Quartet.' In the earlier days they would then say. 'Who?' And later on, they would say, 'Oh?' meaning much the same thing. Then, when the flight got comfortably under way, and they had some leisure, the stewardess would come back and sit down and say, 'How many of you are there in the quartet?'"


That of course was to be the title of Paul's book.


"How is it," I said, "that you never got into the Charlie Parker trap? You managed to go pretty much your own way."


"Well, that! I specifically tried to avoid it. I was starting out, and every saxophone player and alto players especially, and every musician, for that matter, was suddenly turned around and stunned by Charlie Parker. And many of them tried to adapt what he was doing, which meant they could only become copies, with varying degrees of effectiveness. And no matter how good the very best of them were, they were obvious, except for some who played different instruments. That's one cardinal rule for young musicians, in case you want any cardinal rules for young musicians. If you're going to imitate somebody, just imitate someone who plays a different horn, and you've got it made.


"I practically put ear muffs and blinders on to avoid falling into that quicksand, because I knew it would be the finish for me. Only after I felt reasonably secure, which was several years later, did I allow myself the luxury of sitting down and listening to a lot of Charlie Parker. Now, of course, it's a sheer delight.


"Jimmy Rowles was on a tour we did very early on — it must have been '52 — with Charlie Parker and Chet Baker and Shelly Manne. And Jimmy noticed that effect, even as it was happening. The Charlie Parker effect. It was a weird time. It was ... it's a ridiculous parallel, but it was almost a form of McCarthyism in music. It was equally analogous to a totalitarian state, in some ways. You either played the Holy Writ, or the party line, or you were outlawed. If you're a kid, starting out as a musician, Lord knows it's a rough enough situation anyway. You won't get gigs and you'll be starving to death and the only thing you'll have to value is the judgment of your peer group. And if you play one chorus, and they say, 'Good-bye,' that's it, you've been excommunicated. So whatever's going on, you've got to go along with it — or come up with something better. And come up with something better that Charlie Parker? Lot's o' luck.


"And what is that?


Singing had broken out in the apartment above us. The lady who lived there, whom I had taken to calling Crazy Sheila, belonged to some fundamentalist religious group, and she and her friends would hold orgies of hymn-singing. They were always very out of tune.


"Amazing," Paul said, sitting in an armchair and staring at the ceiling.


But our conversation resumed, in spite of the accompaniment. I said, "I remember once asking you why you didn't write more, and you said, 'Because I keep getting constantly tinier screwdrivers and trying to fix up the first eight bars of the tune.'"


"Yeah," he said. "There's a way around that, which I haven't been able to get into yet. I should have done it ten years ago. Anybody who plays jazz of course is always composing. If you listen to your out-takes or concert records ... somebody taking the last eight bars of somebody's chorus, and developing an entire chorus out of it... You can develop, as you know, certainly a song out of any four or eight-bar jazz phrase."


"Duke did."


"Right. And I hear fragments from all kinds of things that really should have been songs. Could have been. And that's the only way to do it. When you're playing jazz, obviously you have to keep going. You don't get to use your tiny screwdrivers and go back and rewrite."


"At least you got around to finishing Take Five," I said.


"Take Five was one of the exceptions to the rule,"Paul said. "It was just going to be the original phrase. I had the middle part kind of vaguely in mind. I thought, 'We could do this, but then we'd have to modulate again, and we're already playing in five-four and six flats, and that's enough for one day's work.' Fortunately, we tried it, and that's where you get the main part of the song."


"That album, Time Out," I said, "was really the launch of all the new time figures in jazz. I don't think that Dave's ever been given credit for that album, really. I can remember one critic who panned Dave for affectation because of the so-called 'odd' time figures. Yet Dave pointed the way, and now those figures are comparatively common."


At this point, Crazy Sheila's Holy Rollers swelled into a rousing chorus. Then they subsided again. "I never did get that story straight about you and George Avakain and the phone call," I said.


"I did four albums on RCA, with Jim Hall. Not counting the one with strings. When I began with RCA, George Avakian was very high up in the company. He was sort of second in command. Sometime between the album with strings and Take Ten there was a change in the management and George Avakian was selling pencils in a tin cup outside RCA. He was really very much at loose ends. He had no office, so if you wanted to reach him, he still had a few freelance projects to complete. Like, he was assigned to completing what RCA regarded as my disastrous series of albums with Jim Hall. He was a freelance producer, and he would come in like a freelance drummer, and he would say to people, 'If you want to reach me, I'll be in Studio B at RCA between two and five p.m.' And so of course you would turn up for the date, and George would be there, and the phone would constantly ring, because those were his three office hours for the week. Ordinarily, that wouldn't make that much difference, because it was a very do-it-yourself operation anyway. We'd play until we thought we had something that sounded good and then go and listen to it back.


"There was one tune...we were really scuffling with it. And along about take twenty-seven, by then you should really face facts, if you're a jazz group. You should say, 'We're not going to do this tune now or ever, let's do something else.' We finally did a take, one where I thought the intro made it, and we solved the hassle in the chorus, and the rhythm worked out, and the solos sounded good, and nobody played any wrong changes, and the modulation worked out and the ending worked out, and I was getting a little punchy by then.


"So we stopped, and after the end of the take I looked at the control room, to see some sign of humanity, a nod, a wink, anything. And there's George on the phone. And that did it.


"I ran out into the hall. They had a pay phone there. I called RCA. I said, 'Can I have Studio B?''Certainly, sir.. .That line is busy. Can you hold?' I said, 'Yyyyyesss, Ma'am.' She said, I can ring now.' Rrrrring. 'Hello, is this George Avakian?''Yes it is, who's this?''It's Paul Desmond. How was that last take?'"


Crazy Sheila's group was now into Rock of Ages or some such. "Good Lord!" Paul said. I steered him back to the subject of the book; I really wanted him to write it.


"Well, the whole book thing," he said, "it's kind of silly, really, in a way. I realized that when I began to hang out at Elaine's in New York. [Norman] Mailer goes in there, and George Plimpton, and various lesser luminaries and occasional visitors, and I discovered that almost without exception... I'm not sure about Mailer, if he ever gets through with the bullfighting... but a lot of the other writers would much prefer being jazz players. Frank Conroy is a glowing example. He's an excellent writer, but he's also a very good piano player. He's worked obscure little places on the Cape, where he lives now, and in New York."


"Do you know why they all want to be musicians?"


"Possibly because being a jazz musician is one of the best things in the world to be."


"Why?"


"Uhhh... Well, if you can solve a few of the problems... A few? Ha-ha! Finding the right guys to play with. Finding people to pay you money to play. Travelling, because you can't stay in one place all the time and play really what you want to. Just the process of playing jazz is immensely rewarding. It's more transitory than other things, which is good in some ways, bad in others. Obviously, because if you play a lousy chorus, it's gone forever. Of course, if you write a lousy page you rip it out of the typewriter. That follows too. But there's no such thing as sitting staring at a blank piece of paper. The time comes to play, and you make noise, of some sort or another. I don't know whether you can do that in writing."


"All true," I said. "But there's something else. Walter Pater said it, and Conrad quotes it someplace: 'All art constantly aspires towards the condition of music.' And I think I know what he means. Music is direct emotion, and it is abstract. It requires no subject matter. All the other arts must work on the emotions indirectly. And painting, certainly since the invention of photography, is attempting to dispense with subject matter, resulting in some of the fraudulent nonsense of modern art. James Joyce and Gunther Grass have struggled to achieve something beyond narrative in the novel and as far as I'm concerned have attained only triumphs of technique. You see this attempt at abstraction in some of the crap that passes for modern poetry, and certainly in the more pretentious rock lyrics. Each art is at its best when it does what only it can do. It is not at its best when it is trying to do what another art does better. And music does abstraction better than any of the other arts. I think that's what Pater meant, and why those guys would rather be musicians than writers."


"Yes," Paul said. "I must engrave that line someplace. I like that a lot. There's another line that came from Milton, of all people. The most perfect definition of the state of mind required to play jazz — 'with wanton heed and giddy cunning'. If you want to carve that any place, that's how you play jazz."


The afternoon waned. There was another outburst of hymnody from Crazy Sheila and her friends. Paul looked at the ceiling and said, "Does this group take requests?"


We drove him to the job. "I'm not like Zoot," he said. "Zoot can always go straight ahead, but I'm always very affected by what's going on around me."
The opening went beautifully. Paul was so in love with the newfound rhythm section that he was on the phone within days to record companies in New York. Eventually Creed Taylor recorded him and Ed Bickert (and Ron Carter and Connie Kay) and Horizon issued an album recorded at Bourbon Street with Thompson, Bickert, and Fuller.


We had wonderful times with Paul during that engagement. He played brilliantly. Not until the last set of the last night did he allow himself so much as one drink.


I had no way of knowing, of course, that I would only ever see him once more.
To be sure, he stayed in touch with us by telephone after we moved to California.


"Hello there," said the voice on the telephone one day, and I knew before he had completed the greeting that it was Paul Breitenfeld. The telephone line sounded exceptionally clear. "Where are you?" I said.


"Well actually, I'm in town. At the Century Plaza." A movie producer wanted him to do a score for a picture and he was here for a day or so to discuss it. And he wanted my wife and me to have dinner with him that evening. There was an odd urgency to his tone. He hardly needed to press us to see him. I said we'd pick him up, and we set a time.


I suggested that we go to the Cock and Bull on Sunset Boulevard, a few paces from the border of Beverly Hills. It is a replica of an English pub so faithful that it surprises British visitors. I thought Paul would like it, and he did.


We laughed a lot and retold old stories, including the one about the night we nearly got shot. The 1960 Indiana Jazz Festival was produced by a man named Hal Lobree, in Evansville. I was the master of ceremonies. On the evening of that Junior Chamber of Commerce party, the Brubeck Quartet played. Lobree was having a post-concert party at his house. Paul and I induced Dave — for once — to come along. Lobree told some young man connected with the festival to drive us to his place, and gave him directions. He told us that if we got there before he arrived, we should simply open a window and let ourselves in.


The driver got lost. At some point we pulled up at the crossing of two unpaved country roads amid corn that seemed eight or ten feet high. There was a darkened grocery store beside which there was a telephone booth. Lighting matches to see, our driver tried to call someone or other to find out if they could tell him where we were from a description of this nameless intersection. Paul and I were standing in the middle of the road. He was recalling a Warner Brothers animated cartoon in which the coyote tries to drop an anvil from a great cliff onto the roadrunner. His sound effects were vivid, and we were laughing madly and sophomorically.


The driver returned none the wiser and we got back into the car and resumed our feckless wandering through the Indiana night. And suddenly the terrain began to fit Lobree's description. Then we came to a house that just had to be his. It was all in darkness. While Dave and the driver waited in the car, Paul and I walked up the driveway and opened a window. I put one leg over the sill and was halfway into the living room when a light went on at the top of a flight of stairs and a man descended them. He was wearing an old-fashioned nightshirt and, more significantly, he was carrying a shotgun. For what seemed an eternity I tried to process this information, and then understood and said, "Run like hell, Paul, we're in the wrong house!" And we pounded down the driveway and leaped into the car, landing on top of Dave. "Go go go!" we shouted to the driver, who took off. We disentangled the arms and legs, and Paul and I gasped with laughter. "Can you imagine the headline?" I said. "Jazz Musicians and Writer Killed in Burglary Try."
And that sent Paul into another strangled fit of laughter.


We never did find Hal Lobree's party.


We laughed about it again in the Cock and Bull. And then Paul began to talk. He seemed to have a great need to do so that night. He told us about a girl he had been seeing, which was unusual enough in itself. He talked about his life at length and in detail. Never before had he been so self-revealing. Deliberately so. He seemed curiously happy. Finally he said, "Don't you think this'd make a good book?"


"Yes," I said. "Why don't you write it."


"No," he said softly but firmly. "You write it."


I was puzzled. Later I realized that he was in possession of a bit of information that I was not. He knew he was dying.


In the months after that, Mulligan kept me posted on the telephone. Even as Paul wasted away, he made us laugh. When Gerry asked him how he felt, he said, "As if I had just driven nonstop from Vancouver for a one-nighter."


He spent his last weeks at home. In time he became too weak to go to the door to admit friends, so he left it unlocked. The doorman downstairs knew who was to be admitted. Among them was Charles Mingus.


Mingus walked into the bedroom, where Paul lay sleeping. Mingus stood there for a long time in vigil. Then Paul awoke. Mingus was dressed all in black, including a cape and a leather hat. "I thought The Man had come for me!" Paul told Dave later.


Mingus also told the story, and said, "Will you come to my bedside when I'm dying, Dave?" But Mingus went to Mexico in a vain search for effective treatment and died there. "So I wasn't able to go to him," Dave said. "It really bothered me."


Paul specified in his will (which left his money to the Red Cross) that he be cremated "because I don't want to be a monument on the way to the airport." All the highways to New York airports seem to pass cemeteries.


His wishes were followed. Another old friend, Jimmy Lyons, the one-time San Francisco disc jockey and founder of the Monterey Jazz Festival, who had known him since the early days, took the urn containing Paul's ashes and a pitcher of martinis up in an airplane over the sea off the rugged coastal stretch known as Big Sur, which Paul loved. He opened the plane's window to scatter the ashes and drink a last martini to Paul, and the wind blew both in his face.


"Thanks a lot, Paul," Jimmy said, and laughed.


A day or two after the Hollywood bowl concert, Gerry and his wife Franca drove the seventy miles from Los Angeles to spend the day with us in Ojai. We went to lunch at the Ojai Valley Country Club, because the food there is adequate and the scenery beautiful. And again, we talked of Paul and his way with a phrase and his talent for laughter. Paul said that listening to Ornette Coleman was like being locked in a red room with your eyelids pinned open. He said that Miles Davis solos reminded him of a man constructing a mobile while riding a unicycle.


Gerry said, "When Eubie Blake made that remark that if he'd known he was going to live this long, he'd have taken better care of himself, I laughed. And then I thought, 'Hey, wait a minute. That's not so funny. He's got a point.'"


"Paul must have operated on Joe E. Lewis' maxim," I said. "'You only live once, but if you do it right, once is enough.'"


Somewhere I read an obituary, published in 1860, which said of a man that, having lived all his life in good health, "he succumbed to old age and died at fifty-one." Now some of our sexual and romantic icons, such as Linda Evans and Raquel Welch, are in their forties, a top model is in her fifties, and Ricardo Montalban is in his sixties. In the old film Strike Up the Band, the woman who plays the mother of the sixteen-year-old high school bandleader played by Mickey Rooney is elderly, plump, dowdy, and wears her hair in a bun.


"That's right," Gerry said. "In those days the mother was played by Jane Darwell.
The attitude has changed. That's what makes the difference."


Paul was fifty-three when he died.


Mulligan does not easily admit to sentiment. And like Paul, he expresses his romanticism in his playing, tempering it with a smile. But he has confessed on occasion that he too misses our friend quite badly.


Gerry said, just before we left the restaurant, that he had no idea what an avocado tree looked like. As we emerged into the bright sunlight, I pointed up to the mountains and said, "There, these rows of trees on the slopes, they're avocados."




Paul Desmond - "Summertime"

$
0
0
© -  Steven A. Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.



“Much of the critical praise Desmond has received was given in the manner of a
backhanded compliment; the ploy was to praise Desmond at Brubeck's expense. This was unfair to both. Desmond wasn't just mainly responsible for the musical interest the famous quartet held for anti-Brubeckians. He was and is a very personal player of great sensitivity and musicality, with a rare sense of form and structure, and a real melodic gift.”
- Dan Morgenstern

“ …  Summertime, [was] recorded for Herb Alpert's and Jerry Moss's A&M label and supervised by Creed Taylor, who would play an important part in Desmond's post-Brubeck recording activity. Don Sebesky arranged backgrounds, some cushiony, some incisive, for ensembles made up of many of New York's finest jazz and studio musicians. Pianist Herbie Hancock and Bassist Ron Carter, fresh from Miles Davis's quintet, were in the rhythm section, along with Brazilians Airto Moreira and Eumir Deodato. The brass section skimmed the cream of modern trombonists, J.J. Johnson, Kai Winding, Urbie Green and young Bill Watrous. The repertoire accommodated Desmond's interest in Brazilian music and in good pop material, including Sebesky's bossa nova "Olvidar," a samba treatment of Louis Armstrong's "Struttin' With Some Barbecue," the Beatles'"Ob-La-Di, Ob-La-Da" and Johnny Mandel's "Emily." In his own blues, "North By Northwest," Desmond reprised the "Balcony Rock" melody that had been so felicitous in "Audrey."” 
- Doug Ramsey, Take Five: The Public and Private Lives of Paul Desmond


I’m sure I would have gotten to Paul Desmond's Summertime LP[A&M 3015] another way, but when I put out a question to my fellow Jazz drummers about who to listen to in order to take my bossa nova drumming to another level, everyone came back with - “You gotta checkout Leo Morris.”


But I’m getting ahead of myself here.


The year was 1968 [I know, I know - “The Summer of Love” and all that jive].


I was back in the world of music in a big way with lots of casuals and some club dates coming my way. [Believe it or not, there were still some Jazz clubs in existence in southern California in 1968 - barely].


One of the groups I was regularly working with focused on Latin Jazz with a particular emphasis on Bossa Nova [Think Sergio Mendes, but with a hip, slick and cool twist].


I was getting very tired of playing the basic bossa nova beat - a clave derivative with a samba inflection - the idea being to cool down the traditional samba beat and make it less like a marching band cadence and more like the softer Jazz drumming of the West Coast Jazz cats like Chico Hamilton and Shelly Manne.


So I started digging around for licks, kicks and rhythmic inflections that would keep the basic bossa nova “feel” but also make it interesting and challenging to play. There were no drum books on the subject of bossa nova drumming in 1968; no videos either.


“Leo Morris’” name kept cropping up as a source for some excitement with a bossa beat; a drummer who added more substance to it. “Hey Man, Leo lays down some bad stuff.” [“Bad” = good and “Stuff” wasn’t the word that was used although the word that was used did begin with an “S,” if you dig what I mean?]


But who was this “Leo Morris” that everyone who recommending? I mean that name didn’t sound very Brazilian/Portuguese - no offense to either party - let alone familiar. [To add even more irony to the "what's in a name aspect" of Leo Morris, in his later career, he became famous for his funky New Orleans street beats under the name of Idris Muhammad!]


Enter Paul Desmond's Summertime [A &M 3015] as Leo Morris appears on five of the album’s ten tracks.


To put it mildly, Leo plays some of the best bossa nova beats this side of Airto Moriera, the monster Brazilian percussionist who just so happens to be on the other  tracks on Summertime [A&M 3015] on which Leo doesn't appear.


The trick with bossa nova is that you have to keep the “feel” light and airy; you can’t step on it or overplay. You have to make the rhythm float.


You also have to simulate the complexity of a Samba rhythm section with its bells, gourds, and whistles so as to add “texture” to the music.


Leo Morris does this in a variety of ways from double pumping his bass drum with a light eighth note feel while making the sound of that drum into a light thud; using a heavy ride cymbal to get more of a pinging sound and thus reducing the normal overtones or whooshing sound; using a dishy crash cymbal for accents along with light crashes from the hi-hat cymbal that are formed when the left foot doesn’t close the cymbals all the way [i.e., instead of the usual clicking sound].


Drummers listen to music in a different way because they are not distracted by the usual requirements of melody and harmony. Their job is to establish and push the pulse or beat of the music, the metronomic insistence that makes Jazz what it is.


But they are also the source of the music’s rhythmic excitement and playing the same thing over and over again is not particularly exciting.


Thanks to Susumu Murakoshi, this piece concludes with a YouTube video that includes all ten tracks of Paul Desmond’s Summertime [How he escaped the wrath of the Copyright Gods and was able to accomplish this feat is beyond me.].


Listen closely to the first track Samba with Some Barbecue to hear the ultimate in bossa nova drumming excitement as Leo Morris lays down a stunning array rhythmic accents that employ many aspects of the drum kit to generate a positively propulsive bossa nova beat.


As a point in passing, Richard Cook and Brian Morton in their always informative Penguin Guide to Jazz on CD 6th Ed. assert that "Paul Desmond never made a recording on his own account with a pianist other than Dave Brubeck."


I guess Herbie Hancock's appearance on 8 of the 10 tracks on Desmond's Summertime [A&M 3015] somehow don't figure into this assessment?


For the most part,Eugene Boe’s original LP liner notes are fun to read and even occasionally helpful [he said in a somewhat snide manner!]. But the reviews of the recording by Steve Voce in JazzJournaland Dan Morgenstern in Downbeat provide the Jazz fan with more relevant insights into Paul’s special qualities as a player and the many good things that make Summertime [A&M 3015] a special recording.


Eugene Boe original LP liner notes to Summertime [A&M 3015]


“When the Dave Brubeck Quartet called it a set at the end of 1967, Paul Desmond decided it was high time for Time Out  And rightly so, After all, he had been with the quartet since "before the Crimean War" (factually, 17 years), logged a million-plus miles in air travel, cut 50 or so LP's and played in as many countries, and was plain bushed. For nine months he never laid lips on an alto sax. Four of those months he whiled away pleasantly in a rented house in Montego Bay, There he conceived the idea and set down the first jottings for a book of reminiscences- a book tentatively titled "How Many Are There In Your Quartet?"


It was a question Paul and his colleagues had learned to live with, since it was put to them so sweetly- and so often!- by airline stewardesses. Summertime is Paul's first post-Brubeck reading and it was quite an experience. "Being in a fur-lined jet cocoon all those years," he recalls, "I had never been around New York really long enough to play with other musicians. Then to walk into a recording studio and have everything work so beautifully. Ron Carter (bass) and Herbie Hancock (piano) are both geniuses and incredibly easy to work with, The same goes for Airto Moreira, the Brazilian percussion player,"


Summertime brings together some of Paul Desmond's most favourite things. It's a mixed bag of gems whose brilliant arrangements- all bearing the imprimatur of Don Sebesky- are large on excitement and ingenuity. If there is a bias in the treatment, it perhaps inclines toward a Caribbean - South Atlantic axis whose poles might well be Montego Bay and Rio. But the ultimate criterion for inclusion was pragmatic; every number had to make it in the rendering. Observe how there isn't a loser in the pack,


Louis Armstrong might have to listen twice to recognise his Struttin' With Some Barbecue, which he wrote way back in 1941 [Mr. Boe is incorrect as Struttin’ With Some Barbecue was written by Lil Hardin Armstrong and recorded by Louis Armstrong and his Hot Seven in December, 1927.]. In 1969, Struttin's lost its Dixie beat (but not its melody) and gone the Brazilian route. It moves along with a lively, lyrical gait, Arranger Sebesky doubles as composer in Olvidar, a lovely haunter that sets Desmond way up there in a slow, dreamy remembrance of things past- you have to allow even this engagingly self-deprecating sax player his vanity. Listening to the tapes of the latest Beatles album, he gave his best hearing to those lyrics that begin, "Desmond had a barrow in the marketplace". But Ob-La-Di, Ob-La-Da also presented the challenge of how to record - and make interesting - a simple monotonous song whose very monotony is its chief fascination. The result is a sassy, infectious Calypso-type tune which seems to have been appropriated by a transistorised Brazilian street marching band  And it's Carnival time, of course. "Ob-La-Di, Ob-La-Da, life goes on, bra lala"


Johnny Mercer's and Johnny Mandel's Emily is an eloquent serenade to a neglected heroine (from a neglected picture, "The Americanization Of Emily") who deserves the kind of attention given other such lovelies as Laura, Linda, Nancy, Dinah and Sweet Sue, This celebration of her charms should do much to bring Emily out. The only waltz on the album, Someday My Prince Will Come (from "Snow White") has long since achieved the status of a standard. Brubeck, Miles Davis and Bill Evans have recorded it, and here it serves as a spring-board for the alto saxophone's most joyous flights of fancy Autumn Leaves, a Johnny Mercer evergreen, undergoes a change of life to emerge as a snappy samba with lots of polished brass showing  


In the stage and film versions of "Oliver", it's young Oliver himself who sings the yearning, heart-rending Where Is Love?, which may also be the score's trickiest and most sophisticated number, musically speaking This meticulous recital captures all the pathos, and even the casual listener will delight in its key-hopping wizardry. Hugo Montenegro's Lady In Cement is the rhythmic shaker from the Frank Sinatra film of the some name. Note the switches in time signature, with 7/4 and 5/4 spelling the traditional 4/4 beat. North By Northeast is a nostalgic blues essay penned by Desmond himself. But don't look for any significance in the title   It was supplied by the producer and may reflect nought but a compass point designating the direction of the recording studio from the producer's offices. In George Gershwin's Summertime, Paul reverts to his favourite rhythmic innovation; the 5/4 beat he introduced in Take Five- which has now been well-absorbed into the jazz mainstream. The tides of fashion swept the Dave Brubeck Quartet "in" and "out" several times   But over the years Paul Desmond himself has been a chronic poll-winner. Summertime demonstrates again- in fresh company- what has been said about him so often: his may be the purest, most lyrical tone ever to come from an alto saxophone.”


Steve Voce Review of  Summertime [A&M 3015]/Jazz Journal, September 1969


“Seventeen years was a life sentence as far as Desmond's tenure in the Brubeck organisation was concerned, and I was pleased when the group finally wound up because I anticipated that Desmond would find the settings that his superb playing deserves. In this, his first record since then and following a nine-month period when he never touched his horn, he is almost there. His delicate solos are set against a crisp, Van Gelder-recorded group which, undoubtedly commercially intended, none the less produces a pretty good jazz album. Don Sebesky's arrangements are ideal, and Desmond's whispy Konitz-thru-Getz sound really benefits- Paul is also nudged into some considerable blues by the hard brass of Lady In Cement. His own ethereal blues style reappears on North By Northeast, along with the strongly- structured coda which previously graced Balcony Rock and Audrey. Struttin' With Some Barbecue is a great treatment and, like Ob- La- Di, bundles along with what, by Desmond standards, is abandoned gaiety   The ballads are beautiful, and all round this is an enchanting album which should please most people Steve Voce


Dan Morgenstern, DOWNBEAT, November 27, 1969   Rating: * * * *


“Desmond's first recorded outing since leaving Brubeck was worth waiting for. During his long tenure with the pianist, Desmond often recorded on his own, but rarely have his talents been more tellingly displayed. The personnel list looks gigantic, but represents six different sessions; in fact, Don Sebesky's scoring is discrete, and for long stretches, Desmond is backed by rhythm only, often in a bossa nova groove.


Varied and often interesting material, a recording quality that beautifully captures and projects the altoist's sound, and the sympathetic backing he receives-from Hancock, Carter and Beck in particular- help carry the album, but it is Desmond's consistent excellence that holds it up.


Much of the critical praise Desmond has received was given in the manner of a
backhanded compliment; the ploy was to praise Desmond at Brubeck's expense. This was unfair to both. Desmond wasn't just mainly responsible for the musical interest the famous quartet held for anti-Brubeckians. He was and is a very personal player of great sensitivity and musicality, with a rare sense of form and structure, and a real melodic gift.


Desmond is too honest a player to be tempted by the relatively "commercial" setting he receives here. Some might consider his lyricism soft, but it isn't; though he is a gentle musician, his work has the inner strength that marks the genuine jazzman   His distinctive sound has mellowed and ripened, as has his conception, and his playing here has a firmness and sureness that mark a new-found maturity.

My favorite tracks are Where Is Love? and Emily for ballad beauty; the Beatles' Ob-La-Di for humour and swing (an apt quote from Hey Jude and a fleeting glimpse of Pete Brown are added attractions); North by Northwest for blues feeling (it ends with Audrey, another Desmond original), and, best of all, Struttin' With Some Barbecue, The Armstrong classic is ideally suited for bossa nova treatment, and the lovely arid still fresh melody gives Desmond something to play on.


"Louis Armstrong might have to listen twice to recognize (his tune), which he wrote way back in 1941," says the liner note. It was way, way back in 1927, chum, the tune is credited to Lil Armstrong, and Pops would know it after two measures   And like it for Desmond's graceful melodic flow. He might also enjoy the way Hancock picks up on Desmond's last solo phrase and builds his statement from it Barbecue is easy to like.


In fact, so's the entire album   Good music often is.”


The Big Bands - George T. Simon

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.



"The definitive volume in its field."
— Los Angeles Times


"A fat slice of pure nostalgia for everyone who is old enough to remember the big band era, and a good source book of information."
—New York Post


"Stirringly evocative of the fervid period when so many groups... 'swung freely and joyously,' filling listeners with an 'exhilarated sense of friendly well-being."'—Time
"George Simon could justifiably claim to have invented the big bands. He was their reviewer, reporter, booster, adviser, confidant, critic, and No. 1 fan...This book is the great and glorious record of it all."
—Christian Science Monitor


"Simon tells it like it all was."
— Frank Sinatra


It is almost as though you are reading a book of imaginative fiction; a genre that was once referred to as “science fiction.”


When I found a copy of the 4th edition of The Big Bands [New York: Schirmer Books, 1967] in the dollar bin at the local bookstore and started thumbing through its Table of Contents, the first thing that came to mind was that I somehow happened upon a Lost World.


The subheadings in Part One: The Big Bands - Then had subchapters entitled: The Scene; The Leaders; The Public; The Musicians; The Rise, the Glory and the Decline; The Vocalists, The Arrangers; The Businessmen; Recordings; Radio; Movies; The Press.


And these are only references to what’s contained in the first seventy-five pages of the book!


Part Two - Inside The Big Bands hassubchapters on 72 major big bands.


Part Three Inside More of the Big Bands has sub chapters with titles like The Arranging Leaders, The Horn-Playing Leaders, The Reed-playing Leaders, The Piano-playing Leaders, The Violin-playing Leaders, The Singing-Leaders, The Mickey Mouse Bands, The Veterans, “And Still More Bands.” And it concludes with a listing of “two hundred more bands.”


Can you imagine?


For all intents and purposes, Mr. Simon’s book is a description of what was popular music in the USA for two decades, from about 1930-1950 and then it all disappeared with the exception of about a dozen or so big bands that eked out a living when the taste of the country turned to other kinds of music.


But while it lasted, the era of the Big Bands sure put on some show.


George T. Simon was certainly one lucky fellow as he got to live through all of the music from what Chuck Cecil refers to as “The Swinging Years.”  Not only that, he got to earn a living while writing about it for Metronome magazine.


GEORGE T SIMON joined Metronome magazine in 1935, at the dawn of the big band era, remaining there for twenty years, the last sixteen as editor-in-chief.


He had begun his musical career by leading his own band at Harvard, and later helped organize the Glenn Miller orchestra, for which he played drums. Winner of a Grammy for distinguished writing and of the first Deems Taylor/ASCAP award, he has contributed articles and reviews to leading newspapers and magazines. A producer, writer and music consultant for network television and radio, he has also produced jazz and pop recordings for many major labels.


He is the author of The Best of the Music Makers, The Big Bands Songbook, Glenn Miller and His Orchestra, Simon Says: The Sights and Sounds of the Swing Era, and The Feeling of Jazz.


We wanted to remember the Big Band Era  and Mr. Simon’s marvelous book about this “Lost World” on these pages with the following excerpts as published in Robert Gottlieb, editor, Reading Jazz: A Gathering of Autobiography, Reportage, and Criticism from 1919 to Now [New York: Pantheon, 1996].


THE  SCENE

Do you remember what it was like? Maybe you do. Maybe you were there. Maybe you were there in New York two-thirds of the way through the 1930s, when there were so many great bands playing—so many of them at the same time. You could choose your spots—so many spots.


You could go to the Madhattan Room of the Hotel Pennsylvania, where Benny Goodman, the man who started it all, was playing with his great band, complete with Gene Krupa.


You could go a block or so farther to the Terrace Room of the Hotel New Yorker, and there you'd find Jimmy Dorsey and his Orchestra with Bob Eberly and Helen O'Connell ... or to the Blue Room of the Hotel Lincoln to catch Artie Shaw and his band with Helen Forrest ... or to the Green Room of the Hotel Edison for Les Brown's brand-new band.


Maybe you'd rather go to some other hotel room—like the Palm Room of the Commodore for Red Norvo and Mildred Bailey and their soft, subtle swing ... or to the Grill Room of the Lexington for Bob Crosby and his Dixieland Bobcats . . . or to the Moonlit Terrace of the Biltmore for Horace Heidt and his huge singing entourage ... or down to the Roosevelt Grill for Guy Lombardo and his Royal Canadians and their extra sweet sounds.


And then there were the ballrooms—the Roseland with Woody Herman and the Savoy with Chick Webb. Not to mention the nightclubs—the Cotton Club with Duke Ellington, or the Paradise Restaurant, where a band nobody knew too much about was making sounds that the entire nation would soon recognize as those of Glenn Miller and his Orchestra.


Maybe you didn't feel so much like dancing but more like sitting and listening and maybe taking in a movie too. You could go to the Paramount, where Tommy Dorsey and his band, along with Jack Leonard and Edythe Wright, were appearing ... or to the Strand to catch Xavier Cugat and his Latin music ... or to Loew's State, where Jimmie Lunceford was swinging forth.


And if you had a car, you could go a few miles out of town ... to the Glen Island Casino in New Rochelle to dance to Larry Clinton's music with vocals by Bea Wain ... or to Frank Dailey's Meadowbrook across the bridge in New Jersey to catch Glen Gray and the Casa Loma Orchestra with Peewee Hunt and Kenny Sargent.


Of course, if you didn't feel like going out at all, you still were in luck— and you didn't have to be in New York either. For all you had to do was to turn on your radio and you could hear all sorts of great bands coming from all sorts of places—from the Aragon and Trianon ballrooms in Chicago, the Palomar Ballroom in Hollywood, the Raymor Ballroom in Boston, the Blue Room of the Hotel Roosevelt in New Orleans, the Mark Hopkins Hotel in San Francisco, the Steel Pier in Atlantic City and hundreds of other hotels, ballrooms and nightclubs throughout the country, wherever an announcer would begin a program with words like "And here is the music of-------!"



The music varied tremendously from style to style and, within each style, from band to band. Thus you could hear all types of swing bands: the hard-driving swing of Benny Goodman, the relaxed swing of Jimmie Lunceford, the forceful Dixieland of Bob Crosby, the simple, riff-filled swing of Count Basie, the highly developed swing of Duke Ellington, and the very commercial swing of Glenn Miller.


Many of the big swing bands were built around the leaders and their instruments—around the clarinets of Goodman and Artie Shaw, the trumpets of Harry James and Bunny Berigan, the trombones of Jack Teagarden and Tommy Dorsey, the tenor sax of Charlie Bar net, the pianos of Ellington and Count Basie and the drums of Gene Krupa.


And then there were the sweet bands. They varied in style and in quality too. Some projected rich, full, musical ensemble sounds, like those of Glen Gray and the Casa Loma Orchestra, Isham Jones, Ray Noble and Glenn Miller. Others depended more on intimacy, like the bands of Hal Kemp and Guy Lombardo and of Tommy Dorsey when he featured his pretty trombone. Others played more in the society manner—Eddy Duchin with his flowery piano and Freddy Martin with his soft, moaning sax sounds. And then there were the extra sweet bandleaders. Lombardo, of course, was one. So was his chief imitator, Jan Garber. So was the Waltz King, Wayne King.


And there were the novelty bands, generally lumped in with the sweet bands—Kay Kyser, with all his smart gimmicks, including his College of Musical Knowledge and his singing song titles; Sammy Kaye, who also used singing song titles and introduced his "So You Wanna Lead a Band" gimmick; and Blue Barron, who aped Kaye . . . and so many others who aped Barron, who aped Kaye, who aped Kyser, who aped Lombardo.


There were so many bands playing so many different kinds of music— some well, some adequately, some horribly—all with their fans and followers. The Metronome poll, in which readers were invited to vote for their favorite bands in three divisions (Swing, Sweet and Favorite of All), listed almost three hundred entries in each of the four years from 1937 through 1940. And those were merely the bands that the readers liked most of all! There were hundreds more all over the country that didn't even place.


Why were some so much more successful than others? Discounting the obvious commercial considerations, such as financial support, personal managers, booking offices, recordings, radio exposure and press agents, four other factors were of paramount importance.



There was, of course, the band's musical style. This varied radically from band to band. A Tommy Dorsey was as far removed from a Tommy Tucker as an Artie Shaw was from an Art Kassel or a Sammy Kaye was from a Sam Donahue. Each band depended upon its own particular style, its own identifiable sound, for general, partial or just meager acceptance. In many ways, the whole business was like a style show—if the public latched on to what you were displaying, you had a good chance of success. If it rejected you, you'd better forget it.


Generally it was the band's musical director, either its arranger or its leader or perhaps both, who established a style. He or they decided what sort of sound the band should have, how it should be achieved and how it should be presented, and from there on proceeded to try to do everything possible to establish and project that sound, or style.


Secondly, the musicians within a band, its sidemen, played important roles. Their ability to play the arrangements was, naturally, vitally important. In some bands the musicians themselves contributed a good deal, especially in the swing bands, which depended upon them for so many solos; and in the more musical bands, whose leaders were willing to listen to and often accept musical suggestions from their sidemen.


But the musicians were important in other ways too. Their attitude and cooperation could make or break a band. If they liked or rejected a leader, they would work hard to help him achieve his goals. If they had little use for him, they'd slough off both him and his music. The more musical the band and the style, the greater, generally speaking, the cooperation of its musicians in all matters—personal as well as musical.


Salaries? They were important, yes, in the bands that weren't so much fun to play in. But if the band was good musically and if the musicians were aware that their leader was struggling and couldn't pay much, money very often became secondary. Pride and potential, and, most importantly, respect usually prevailed.


Thirdly, the singers—or the band vocalists, as they were generally called— often played important roles in establishing a band's popularity, in some cases even surpassing that of the band itself. A good deal depended upon how much a leader needed to or was willing to feature a vocalist. Most of the smarter ones realized that any extra added attraction within their own organization could only redound to their credit. Even after many of those singers had graduated to stardom on their own, their past relationships with the bands added a touch cf glamour to those bands and their reputations.


Thus such current stars as Frank Sinatra and Jo Stafford still bring back memories of Tommy Dorsey, Doris Day of Les Brown, Ella Fitzgerald of Chick Webb, Peggy Lee of Benny Goodman and Perry Como of Ted Weems.


And there were many others who meant very much to their leaders— Bob Eberly and Helen O'Connell to Jimmy Dorsey, Ray Eberle and Marion Hutton to Glenn Miller, Dick Haymes and Helen Forrest to Harry James, Kenny Sargent and Peewee Hunt to Glen Gray, Bea Wain to Larry Clinton, Ivy Anderson to Duke Ellington, Mildred Bailey to Red Norvo, Anita O'Day to Gene Krupa, June Christy to Stan Kenton, Ginny Sims to Kay Kyser, Dolly Dawn to George Hall, Wee Bonnie Baker to Orrin Tucker, Amy Arnell to Tommy Tucker, Jimmy Rushing to Count Basie, Al Bowlly to Ray Noble, Eddy Howard to Dick Jurgens, Bon Bon to Jan Savitt, Skinnay Ennis to Hal Kemp and, of course, Carmen Lombardo to brother Guy.


But of all the factors involved in the success of a dance band—the business affairs, the musical style, the arrangers, the sidemen and the vocalists— nothing equaled in importance the part played by the leaders themselves. For in each band it was the leader who assumed the most vital and most responsible role. Around him revolved the music, the musicians, the vocalists, the arrangers and all the commercial factors involved in running a band, and it was up to him to take these component parts and with them achieve success, mediocrity or failure.”


Given the enormous range of big bands, it was very difficult to select one as a video example for this piece, but I decided to go with one that features the Benny Goodman Orchestra as in many ways, Benny’s initial success at the Palomar Ballroom in Los Angeles on August 21, 1935 paved the way for the craze that became The Big Band Swing Era in American Popular Music.


The video features Benny’s 1937 recording of Bugle Call Rag, The arrangement is by Dean Kincaide and the soloist are Babe Russin [tenor saxophone], Harry James [trumpet], Murray McEachern [trombone] and Benny [clarinet] with the irrepressible Gene Krupa booting things along in the drum chair.

Legrand Jazz Revisited

$
0
0

© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.

Michel Legrand died on January 26, 2019 at the age of 86 [b. 2.24.1932]. The editorial staff at JazzProfiles wanted to remember him on these pages by reposting this feature about how "Legrand Jazz" enriched its appreciation of Jazz.



Legrand Jazz was one of those recordings, to use pianist’s Barry Harris’ phrase, that helped me “see out a bit” [in other words, to get beyond my initial Jazz preferences and to develop an interest in the music’s many manifestations].

Put another way, Legrand Jazz was to become the source for a number of my earliest Jazz quests, all of which would expand my Jazz horizons.

I am indebted to my membership in the Columbia Record Club for bringing Legrand Jazz into my life at a relatively, young age.  Little did I know at the time I first subscribed to its monthly service that the club membership would inadvertently further my Jazz education.

Because of the music that Michel chose to orchestrate, I met Fats, Django and Bix [do any of them need last names?] for the first time as I sought out more information about the composers of The Jitterbug Waltz, Nuages, and In A Mist, respectively.

In some cases, such as his up-tempo version of Bix’s In A Mist, Michel’s arrangements became so definitive in my mind that I was shocked when I later heard this tune taken at a much slower tempo by other Jazz interpreters.

There must be some degree of irony, too, in a story about a young man in Southern California being inspired to find out more about the early originators of Jazz music as a result of listening to Jazz big band arrangements written by a youthful Frenchman.

And what arrangements these are -  full of energy and sparkling with fresh ideas and interpretations including the use of harp, flute, tuba and French horn, instruments rarely used in big band settings at that time.

[Interestingly, the LP Miles Ahead which featured arranger-composer Gil Evans’ use of similar, odd instrumentation behind trumpeter Miles Davis was another, early selection of the Columbia Record Club.]

Besides gaining greater familiarity with some of the great Jazz composers from the earlier years of the music, Legrand Jazz also brought me a new awareness  of improvisers such as Ben Webster, whose breathy tenor saxophone I first heard as introduced by a trombone choir on Nuages.

Phil Woods searing alto saxophone solo on A Night in Tunisia, was also a revelation, as was the trumpet “chase”comprised of Art Farmer, Donald Byrd, Ernie Royal and Joe Wilder – Dizzy would have been proud of the way these guys handled themselves on his masterpiece.

A Harmon-muted Miles Davis explores the intriguing Django, a slow blues composed by John Lewis of Modern Jazz Quartet-fame, with Michel’s background voiced for harp, guitar, and vibes in the style of Shearing-esque blocked chords.

There’s the cooking solos by vibist Eddie Costa, tenor saxophonist John Coltrane and Miles over a repeating glissando involving harp, flute and vibes on Jelly Roll Morton’s Wild Man Blues, and a trombone choir made up of  Frank Rehak, Billy Byers, Jimmy Cleveland and Eddie Bert featured on Rosetta in their very own “chase.”

Needless to say, I wore the original vinyl of Legrand Jazz to a frazzle through repeated listening and was thrilled when the compact disc version later appeared on Phillips [830-074-2].

Michel’s work on the Legrand Jazz really stands the test of time.

His “charts” [arrangements] are as intriguing and inventive today as they were when they were penned 50, plus years ago.

Here are the original liner notes of the LP version of Legrand Jazz [CL 1250] by Nat Shapiro who is the co-editor of Hear Me Talkin' to Ya and The Jazz Makers along with Nat Hentoff.

These are followed by the notes and photos in the booklet which accompanies the CD version as written by Max Harrison, author of A Jazz Retrospect.


© -Nat Shapiro and Nat Hentoff, copyright protected; all rights reserved.

“Among the many members of a diverse (it is international) and loyal (they have bought more than one million of his LPs) I Like Legrand Society, are those jazz musicians and arrangers who have, by chance mostly, come within earshot of Legrand recordings. From his enchanting I Love Paris (CL 555) through his more recent Columbia Album of Cole Porter(C2L 4), Legrand in Rio (CL 1139) and I Love Movies (CL 1178), this brilliant young Frenchman has, with remarkable skill, charm, invention and wit, refreshingly introduced a new kind of musicianship into that too often banal and staggeringly prolific area of popular art that we categorically label "mood music," and the French, closer to the mark, call musique légère [literally “light music,” or more accurately, as easy listening].

In many of his previous collections, notably the Porter and Rio sets, Legrand has not only made frequent and startlingly original use of the jazz musician as a soloist, but, by virtue of his dynamic ensemble scoring and happy understanding of what a rhythm section is supposed to do, has often managed to make his large orchestra swing in the best tradition of Basie, Lunceford, Ellington and (big band) Gillespie.

Michel Legrand (a multi-prize-winning graduate of the Paris Conservatoire) loves jazz with none of the tame enthusiasm, tinged with condescension of the academically oriented "serious" composer. His arrangements pointedly avoid the meaningless trickery of those highly skilled (and successful) popular arrangers who, from time to time, invest their work with "jazz feeling." Michel, still in his twenties, loves jazz with an almost boyish enthusiasm, with, if not a firsthand knowledge of its growth and environment, the kind of passionate devotion and astonishing erudition that European fans are wont to have. His feelings for several important jazz figures border on idolatry.

In the past, however, Legrand's jazz activities have been limited by both the nature of the recording assignments he has been given and the fact that in Paris, despite the liveliness of that city's jazz scene, the optimum conditions for producing a large-scale jazz figures border on idolatry.

And so, while on a visit to the United States in May and June of 1958, Michel Legrand recorded his first jazz LP. The writing was done during the first three weeks of June. The repertoire was chosen from the works of eleven important jazz composers, and the musicians, many of them familiar to Legrand only through their recordings, were selected from among the best then in New York.

Each arrangement was created with two major factors taken into consideration: 1) the styles and techniques of the participating instrumentalists and 2) the structure and mood of the original compositions. Legrand's primary concern was to provide a sympathetic framework for specific soloists. Thus, Wild Man Blues, The Jitterbug Waltz, ‘Round Midnight and Django were primarily written as vehicles for Miles Davis, with full knowledge on Legrand's part, however, of the formidable capabilities of Herbie Mann, Bill Evans, Phil Woods and the other musicians given solo space. Similarly, Nuages and Blue and Sentimental were scored with the full, breathy tone of Ben Webster's tenor saxophone in mind. Rosetta, Stompin' at the Savoy and Night in Tunisia were designed to display both the collective and individual talents of two mighty brass foursomes and on each of these tracks, ample time was permitted for the soloists to romp through a traditional "chase" pattern.

The fact that each composition in this collection was written wholly or in part by a great jazzman was the result of a deliberate decision by Legrand not only to pay tribute to his peers, but to attempt to bring the work of these giants into new focus. Jelly Roll Morton's Wild Man Blues, heretofore associated only with Louis Armstrong and Morton himself, emerges in its modern dress, played by the outstanding trumpeter of this generation with all of the savagery, bitterness and beauty of Morton's best work. The Jitterbug Waltz, one of Fats Waller's most engaging pieces, while retaining its basic charm, takes on other qualities characteristic of Waller the man and musician - notably wit and pulsation.

Django Reinhardt’s Nuages, John Lewis’ Django, and Bix Beiderbecke’s In A Mist, all with their original Debussy-like coloration and mood, are given added dimension by Legrand's instinctive rapport with the material at hand, resulting in delicate, yet powerful underlining of the solos.

In almost every sense, Legrand Jazz must be considered "experimental." Yet, with all of its daring, with all of its surprises and moments of flashing virtuosity, it stays within the bounds of jazz. The beat, the spontaneity, the indefinable spirit of jazz is there. This album is the first work of a truly important new voice in a wilderness where new voices are all too often disembodied. We're looking forward to much more from this powerful, sincere and stimulating prodigy.”


© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.

Born in the French capital in 1932, Michel Legrand studied at the Paris Conservatoire during 1943-50 with, among others, Henri Chaland and Nadia Boulanger, one of the most eminent composition teachers of the twentieth century. Such beginnings have been largely forgotten due to the success of such things as his film scores. Legrand won Oscars for his music for "Les Parapluies de Cherbourg" (1964), "The Thomas Crown Affair" and "Les Demoiselles de Cherbourg" (both 1968), and "Summer of '42" (1971). Much earlier he had been awarded a prize by the Academie Charles Cros for his arrangements for a 1953 Catherine Sauvage LP, and in 1956 a Grand Prix du Disque for his own "I Love Paris" record. His international career took off, indeed, between these latter two awards, when he conducted for Maurice Chevalier's 1954-55 appearances in Paris and New York.

Such conspicuous successes, which have continued to the present, have obscured not only the sound academic basis of Legrand's brilliantly effective orchestral writing but also his strong attraction to jazz. There were some hints of this on recordings he had made earlier, and it was inevitable that he should in due course direct sessions in which the interest was explicit. Their result, "LeGrand Jazz," was the subject of widespread comment on its first appearance but it has been unavailable for many years. In the meantime it has become a considerable rarity, much sought after by connoisseurs of fine jazz orchestral scoring and inspired solo improvisation. Its reappearance was much overdue.

The enterprise is more ingenious, has more dimensions, than is at first apparent, and this set of performances achieves several things at once. Legrand was on a visit to the U.S.A. in May and June 1958, the writing was done in the first three weeks of June, and the sessions were recorded in New York over three days at the end of that month. This concentrated activity no doubt aided the creation of a body of music which is a single, indivisible whole: these 11 interpretations belong with each other, and nowhere else. Besides offering a personal view of jazz history up to the end of the 1950's, Legrand's recordings have themselves become an historical document, something now lying a generation back in the past which can tell us much about where jazz was then and suggest a perspective on some of what has happened since.

Not only was it necessary for the chosen themes to be of outstanding distinction, but for each, through its essential qualities, to contribute unique aspects to the whole. Every one of Legrand's scores embodies an exact understanding of the character and structure of each theme, of its potential for development in terms of orchestral of orchestral writing and improvisation, of the styles of the soloists he would employ and of how they would relate to the scored material: everything acts together. His instinctive, though also technically sophisticated, rapport with a wide variety of music could be expected from his earlier recording and other assignments. But his ability to enter into the inner worlds of these pieces - each the creation of an exceptionally strong artistic personality - indicated a considerable deepening of his perceptions. This was the more so as he presented them in such a way as to heighten their original character while showing them in new lights and providing uncommonly stimulating opportunities for his soloists. It might be added that no small part of the stimulation came from the unusual challenges with which the latter were presented. Without Legrand's initiative it is unlikely, for example, that Miles Davis would ever have been heard improvising on Fats Waller's "Jitterbug waltz" or Ben Webster on "Nuages" by Django Reinhardt.

Although these are very much Legrand's recordings, with a collective flavor entirely their own, his orchestrations, for all their dazzling impact, are not once overbearing. In tact there is something almost paradoxical in the way that he determines the atmosphere of the whole whilst at some points, as on "Blue and sentimental," almost disappearing from view. There is indeed plenty of space for the soloists and, as they were la crème de la crème of their time improvising on some of the best themes composed by major figures of their own and the previous generation, this is as it should be. Listening to their efforts again after too long an interval, one is sadly reminded of how reputations rise and fall. Thus Joe Wilder, who played so beautifully on the third session, is now largely forgotten, while Bill Evans and John Coltrane, long since recognized as crucial influences on jazz, were not mentioned on the front of the sleeve of the original issue!


The players were organized in three distinctive instrumentations, the first having the greatest mixture of colors, the second being characterized mainly by the trombone team, the third by the trumpets. This could easily have led to an excessive diversifying of the overall impression, yet, be it in the lucid ensembles of "In a mist" or amid the serenity of "Wild man blues," Legrand's writing unifies it all. The trumpet and trombone occasions give rise to lengthy chase passages of the sort that can so easily degenerate into boring exhibitionism. No hint of that will be found here, and although there is no denying the dueling aspect of, say, the trumpets' foray on "Night in Tunisia," what we get is a rapid-fire exchange of solid musical ideas. There was too much happening in these sessions for anyone to waste time on mere display.

In fact it is solid musical invention all the way, starting with "Jitterbug waltz." Waller's title is a nice contradiction in itself, for whatever jitterbugs did it was never to waltz. Legrand responds with the alternation of two strongly divergent tempos which, if you like, contradict each other. Their juxtaposition has expressive point, however, and each time the textures are different yet clearly related to what went before; indeed it is like hearing two interlocking sets of variations. The solos are at the faster speed - Davis, Herbie Mann, Phil Woods, Evans - then the theme is restated briefly, yet in a way that does not merely echo the beginning, and there is an unexpected coda in the shape of a bass solo. Waller, even in this orchestration, represents the New York "stride" school of piano-playing while "Nuages," by the great Belgian gypsy guitarist Django Reinhardt, stands for Europe's early contributions to jazz Here the trombones set the scene and then Webster enters, his solo the more poignant for its brevity; again the coda. this time taking the form of a piano solo could not have been predicted.

It is apt that the trumpets should dominate "Night in Tunisia," for this was composed by Dizzy Gillespie, one o the instrument's greatest masters; it was among the earliest bop themes to establish itself in the general jazz repertoire, bop being the first significant jazz style to emerge after World War II. Gillespie's peer in those days was Charlie Parker, and a Parker disciple, Gene Quill, is soon heard from, although it is Legrand's rich, many-voiced ensemble that makes the strongest impression. Quill's alto saxophone resurfaces, the ensemble briefly takes fire again to launch Frank Rehak's trombone solo, then the trumpets enter one by one, Wilder especially shining. As it continues, their improvising becomes more tightly argued, the individual statements shorter, more concentrated; then another Parkerian alto saxophonist, Woods, contends with the brass, and there is a further imaginative coda.

"Blue and sentimental" was made famous by Herschel Evans, a tenor saxophonist with Count Basie's band in the late 1930's. Here it belongs to Webster, who solos throughout with just sufficiently active trombone support. He provides exactly the lyrical calm needed after the storming trumpets of "Night in Tunisia," but that calm is never merely passive and the acutely expressive nuances of his improvising repay many hearings.

"Stompin' at the Savoy" bears two of the major swing era names, Benny Goodman and Chick Webb, and the Goodman link is signaled with a few terse flashes of clarinet, an instrument not otherwise heard on these sessions. The antiphonal ensembles are a richly detailed, many-voiced updating of the 1930's big bands' characteristic textures. Woods has plenty to say as usual, so does each of the trumpets, and there are more ensembles which, typically of Legrand, are both full-bodied and resolutely clear: we can hear every note. There is more subtle writing in "Django," for harp and piano. These instruments can readily make each other sound redundant (the piano is a harp with keys, after all), but here they precisely complement one another. Then Davis gives us his thoughts on this John Lewis theme dedicated to the composer of "Nuages."

Several of Legrand's treatments go directly against our expectations. "In a mist," for example, being fast instead of slow and "Wild man blues" doing without its striking sequence of breaks. This latter was composed by Louis Armstrong and Jelly Roll Morton in the 1920's and gives rise to many-hued ensembles that are more insistently contrapuntal than on the foregoing items. It was witty to use Eddie Costa's vibraphone here rather than in "Django," which has Milt Jackson and Modern Jazz Quartet associations. (The MJQ's early output was among the best of the "cool" jazz of the 1950's.) Coltrane solos, then Davis follows with orchestral support of a quality that he all too rarely was accorded; in fact it is an enhancing commentary. It was again witty to employ "Rosetta," by the great virtuoso pianist Earl Hines, a major innovator through several decades of jazz, as an outing for the trombones (with Hank Jones scampering among them during the theme statement). This is their equivalent of the trumpets'"Night in Tunisia" and all four are heard from in top form. Then Webster provides a most telling contrast, both with Jimmy Cleveland & Co. and with his own statements on other tracks. After which the trombones return with a passage that is one of Legrand's most original moments; and this time it is Mann who does the scampering.

An introduction giving no suggestion of what is to follow leads into Thelonious Monk's "'Round midnight," still the most familiar of his many compositions. This was thus renamed when words (not used here) were added, but was originally known as "Round about midnight," the title which jazz people still normally use. Whatever we call it, Davis is heard with very imaginative orchestral support - or rather he is surrounded with unpredictable gestures which are different each time. "Don't get around much anymore" is another instance of Legrand's humor, for the trombone section never quite plays Duke Ellington's well-known melody, although they hint at it constantly. This also has an earlier title, "Never no lament," under which it was recorded by the supreme Ellington band of 1940, and it, too, was renamed when words were added.

"In a mist" (also known as "Bixology") is in some ways the most remarkable single track. This exploratory piece, recorded as a piano solo by the cornetist Bix Beiderbecke in 1927, is taken at a fast tempo which, almost inexplicably, suits it to perfection. This is from the trumpet session but the whole ensemble is king. Indeed it is a piece of superb orchestral writing, full of new sounds and textures, and splendidly played, as is everything here. "In a mist" provides a fitting end to a sequence of performances which, it can now be seen, was unrepeatable. Legrand was no doubt wise in recognizing its uniqueness and in never attempting to retrace his steps.”

This is Hip: The Life of Mark Murphy by Peter Jones - A Synopsis

$
0
0
© -  Steven A. Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


“When Mark Murphy died in October 2015, the world lost one of the greatest jazz singers in history. Murphy was the last of his kind, a hipster of the Kerouac generation, -who rejected the straight life of prosperity and numb consumerism. With a catalogue of more than 40 albums under his own name, Mark Murphy was a consummate improviser, who never sang a song the same way twice. He could have enjoyed a successful mainstream career in the vein of Mel Torme or Jack Jones. But his ambition was greater -to be an artist, to rebel against the commercial music industry and to carry the jazz vocal flame wherever it led him.

Murphy was a master of scat and vocalese, of songwriting and the spoken word. He expanded the jazz singing repertoire, adding his own lyrics to instrumentals like John Coltrane's Naima, Freddie Hubbard's Red Clay, and Oliver Nelson's Stolen Moments. Unrivalled as an interpreter of ballads, he was able to express longing and regret to a degree lacking in any other jazz singer.

For years he roamed the world, playing thousands of gigs. Rediscovered in the Eighties by a new audience of jazz dancers, and again in the 21st century by a digital generation who invited him to guest on their recordings, he remains a crucial though unjustly neglected figure in vocal jazz.

This Is Hip is more than a biography: it also explores Murphy's innovative approaches both to singing and to the teaching of singers. Based on numerous interviews with those who knew him best, the book delves into a performing and recording career that spanned 60 years and earned him five Grammy nominations.”

This is Hip: The Life of Mark Murphy by Peter Jones [Bristol, CT/Sheffield UK: Equinox Publishing LTD, 2018] is another in Equinox Publishing Ltd.’s Popular Music Series.

The series is edited by the esteemed Jazz author, critic and broadcaster, Alyn Shipton and is comprised of “... books that challenge established orthodoxies in popular music studies, examine the formation and dissolution of canons, interrogate histories of genres, focus on previously neglected forms or engage in archaeologies of popular music.

Valerie Hall, the Editorial and Marketing Manager at Equinox is offering JazzProfiles readers a 25% discount using the code Jazz when ordering from the Equinox website.

If you have ever wanted to know what made the vocal styling of Mark Murphy unique, then you need look no farther this remarkable biography by Peter Jones as it “... explores Murphy’s innovative approaches both to singing and to the teaching of singers.”

But don’t look for any straight-line answers explaining Mark’s sui generis approach, rather, these are revealed throughout the book in much the same fashion as this “gnomic definition of a Jazz singer that Mark gave to Michael Bourne in a 1975 interview in which he -

"... elaborated on the difference between a jazz singer and a cabaret singer. He said there was a singer in New York who used to sing 'Last Night When We Were Young'. And on the same word in every performance, a tear went down her cheek." But real jazz singing, according to Murphy, is not like that. "He said, 'Everything changes as you're even singing the song with musicians. It's like basketball. You're dribbling the ball as you're heading toward the basket, and you have this idea that you're going to shoot a lay-up, and then somebody bumps you, and now you're going sideways, so then you're doing a jump-shot. Things change, as you do them.'"[Emphasis mine; “gnomic” is used to describe something spoken or written that is short, mysterious and not easily understood, but often seems wise.].

Stylistically and thematically, Mark Murphy was constantly changing and these adjustments are reflected in the recordings that are arranged chronologically in Peter’s Discography Appendix - another great service of his work - to hear the constant evolution of styles, tendencies, techniques and approaches that Mark employed in his singing.

Here are some selected excerpts which I hope underscore how Mr. Jones’ work is in the service of helping the reader understand Mark’s distinctiveness; what made him so special and at the same time different than many Jazz singers.

Jazz is all about being truthful; who you are comes out in the way you express yourself in the music. The hope is that in so doing, you develop an instantly recognizable, individual sound. A few bars was usually all it took to identify that it was Mark Murphy singing.

By way of background:

“The late 1940s and early 1950s, when Murphy was reaching adulthood, were a time of maximum cool and hipness in jazz. Miles Davis's Birth of the Cool sessions took place on the cusp of the 1950s. And Miles was the musician Mark Murphy admired the most; like Betty Carter, he wanted to make his voice sound like Miles's trumpet. Jazz defined Mark Murphy to such an extent that in later life he would tell audiences, "You can divide your life into two parts: Before Jazz and After Jazz. You had a life before jazz, but once you heard jazz, you knew that your life would never be the same again."

He lived much of his life below the radar; as he criss-crossed the world, from San Francisco to London, from Japan to Australia, and throughout Europe, even his family and close friends often had no idea where he was. His nomadic life included long periods with no fixed address, living in a camper van or sleeping on people's sofas.

The truth is, Mark Murphy never fitted in. He grew up gay at a time when being gay was literally unspeakable - a crime both legally and socially. He didn't fit in with the sexually straight world, nor - since he was never fully 'out' - with the overtly gay world. He was white when many thought that jazz singers ought to be black. You could be white and a crooner, but Murphy wasn't a crooner. He was an eccentric beatnik-cum-hippie whose distrust of the straight world of business was such that it restricted his career, even as it allowed him artistic freedom. He didn't fit in with the jazz establishment. He was a genuine, dyed-in-the-wool rebel, who identified closely with the acid jazz "kids" he met in London in the late 80s, because, like him, they were part of an underground culture - subversive, passionate, devoid of cynicism.”

The formative phase of Mark’s singing began when:

“Murphy realized in retrospect that he had come on the jazz scene during a period of transition: younger audiences were beginning to turn away from big band music in the Stan Kenton and Woody Herman style. He saw himself the last of the "developed" singers. As time went on he came to love the bluesy style of Joe Williams, who sang with Lionel Hampton's Orchestra in the 1940s, and with Count Basie in the 50s. He learned about ballads as well as bop and blues, particularly the way Peggy Lee sang them. "I send out a beam of attention, like radar. I learned this from Peggy Lee. I used to watch her on Steve Allen's show. Peggy would sit there very still; she never took her eyes off the camera. You'd feel as though she was singing just to you. I see inside the song I'm singing as though I'm watching in a movie, always drawing the picture with my words and sounds. This is art."”

The great science fiction Ray Bradbury once said - “You make yourself as you go” - and so it was with Mark Murphy - making himself into a Jazz singer:

“Asked many years later about the cloud of melancholy that seemed to follow him around, he said, "It goes with my jazz territory. I trace it back to my dues-paying days in New York City where I knew nothing, except that the music inside me had to come out... I walked around Manhattan like a child with his nose pressed against the window of some fabulous restaurant. I saw Frank Sinatra's impossibly blue eyes... Then I saw the blue eyes again - ice blue, ocean blue - on Maureen Stapleton on Eighth Avenue. Searching for an apartment, I ran into Paul Newman. There were those same eyes."

Stuck at the bottom of the jazz food chain, he was at least living the life. "I can remember so many things, like the time I was walking down 54th Street when I did my year as a night clerk at the Gotham Hotel, screwing up all that typing. And I saw Lena [Horne] and Billy Strayhorn walking along hand in hand and I was walking along 51st Street another day and Billie Holiday came bursting out of a bar like giving this guy hell she was with and things like that. I got there just in time to see the end of 52nd Street and the beginnings of Birdland."

Though it was tough for a newcomer like Murphy, the mid-1950s must have seemed like the ideal time to forge a career in jazz. It was, after all, the dominant genre of popular music, and singers were enjoying unprecedented popularity. But in other ways his timing was a little off. Too late for the big swing bands, he was also too early for rock and roll, and bebop singing was (and remained) out on the margin, thinly inhabited and way too niche for the mainstream audience. Nevertheless the established singers, most of whom had started out with big bands, had succeeded in becoming mainstream stars, their sales boosted by the popularity of the vinyl albums which were now replacing shellac 78 rpm records. Most of the music that sold well was jazz-influenced pop rather than jazz per se, but it was enthusiastically embraced by radio stations, by upmarket magazines like Esquire, Life and Playboy, and even by the new medium of television, which hosted shows like Art Ford's Jazz Party on the East Coast and, on the West Coast, Bobby Troup's Stars of Jazz series.

If Mark had learned anything from his father, it was the virtue of persistence.”

Good thing, too, as Mark was still himself on some of his earliest recordings on Capitol - This Could Be the Start of Something and the Hip Parade -
"I had tried to compromise, which of course was a mistake," Murphy explained in later years. "People who wanted those songs didn't want to hear me, and people who liked me didn't want to hear those songs. They printed too many copies and it sank. We were kind of traumatized."

Notwithstanding the great climate in Southern California, Mark figured out that he was in the wrong place at the wrong time and -

“Murphy wasted no more time in LA. For some time he had been going back and forth from the coast, building a club and college audience back east, before finally deciding to quit LA for good. In New York, he made his way to the West 51SI Street offices of the jazz label Riverside Records - smaller than Decca or Capitol, but perhaps a more logical home for him and his particular talents and interests. Founded by Bill Grauer and Orrin Keepnews, Riverside had an impressive modern jazz artist roster including Thelonious Monk, Kenny Dorham, Cannonball Adderley, and Wes Montgomery, ….”

“Although Murphy himself didn't think he really found his voice until he hit 40 (i.e. in 1972), many of his fans regard Rah, his sixth album, as his best. Certainly, he seems at last to have found a style of his own. Ernie Wilkins's light, crisp backings sound hipper than those devised by Burns or Holman. The singer sounds relaxed, unburdened by the need to show off. Good material almost sings itself, and on this occasion he doesn't destroy it by over-emoting. In fact, he sounds like he's having a wonderful time. The production mix also gives more space to his voice, which in the Decca years sometimes seemed to be battling against the orchestration. Murphy also sounds as if he has been more closely miked.

Ballads like "Spring Can Really Hang You Up the Most" suggest a new maturity - no melodrama, simply a grown man looking back and wondering how things might have been. On "No Tears for Me", Murphy's love of theatricality hits exactly the right tone: Bap! (on the snare). Miss O'Malley, take a letter! as if he's in a stage play, and after the verse, he slides beautifully into the ballad proper, with its opulent Wilkins horn lines. There's also a rich, sensuous take on Neal Hefti's "Lil Darlin'", and a gloriously lunatic delivery of Annie Ross's lyrics to "Twisted", but it's when the needle bites into side two that the change really becomes apparent.

By now Murphy had fallen under the spell of Miles Davis' recordings with Gil Evans, and his version of "Milestones" is truly something new. His friend Jimmy Britt had written the lyrics to the tune, which had originally appeared on Davis's eponymous 1958 album. Murphy's increasingly distinctive scat is beautifully showcased by the fast-walking double bass which almost drops out in the bridge to increase the tension, rather like the 'drop' in house music, providing a certain euphoria when it comes back in. The ride has been such a thrill that we even forgive the slight wobble on his final note.”

But just as things started to come together for Mark in NYC, things changed - as they always do:

“On the face of it, things seemed to be going well. Mark had finally found a record label that catered for musicians like him. He'd had a hit single with his romantic pop version of "Fly Me to the Moon" backed with another strong tune, the earthy R&B-inflected "Why Don't You Do Right" He was getting booked at the Village Vanguard and the Village Gate in New York. And, no doubt helped by Gene Lees' support, he was voted New Star of the Year by the readers of Downbeat. But something wasn't right. He felt restless.

"In a way... I guess I was still trying to be a cabaret singer in a tuxedo, but singing the things I liked. It just didn't work," he recalled in 1980. The biggest problem was that public enthusiasm for jazz was on the wane in America, squeezed between the militantly anti-commercial free jazz movement and the new heavily promoted pop music. Jazz singers and players had enjoyed mainstream success in the previous decade, but now pop was snapping at their heels. Some of the biggest stars had started to feel the heat: …

So, like so many other Jazz musicians, Mark left the USA for Europe:

“It was in 1963, on his third visit, that he fell in love with London. "It was cheap, very charming, and yet to be discovered by the masses. It was fantastic!" And as luck would have it, his aunt Betty, the doctor, was working in a London hospital and had a flat there, providing Mark with a place to stay. "All this green! So many open spaces," he enthused. "That's what I like about London. Soho Square... great! …

It was also in London that he began to feel a little more comfortable in his own skin. Speaking of his life in the States, he told an interviewer years later, "I was a drag, man... Always sitting in the corner with my head down and not a nice person. Then I started drinking... then I stopped that... And then I came to Europe and I really learned to like myself mostly when I was in England, expanding my brain."

He soon became excited by the possibilities opened up by the imminent extension in broadcasting in the UK. In 1963, there were only two TV channels - ITV and BBC, which also ran three radio services. But a new upmarket BBC TV channel was planned for launch in April 1964.

By January 1964, Murphy was booked in London's premier jazz club, Ronnie Scott's, located in a basement below a gown manufacturer on Gerrard Street, Soho. Due to a long-standing Musicians' Union ban, American performers were still a relatively new phenomenon at the club. But over the years that followed, every American jazz artist of note appeared at Ronnie's, including former Riverside artists Bill Evans and Wes Montgomery.

At his debut gig on Monday 27th, Mark appeared with the Stan Tracey Trio - Tracey on piano, Ronnie Stephenson on drums and Malcolm Cecil on bass. The set included "A Lot of Livin’ to Do", "Jelly Jelly Blues", and "My Favorite Things" - complete with the lyrics that had so upset Richard Rodgers. According to a reviewer, Murphy also did a "savage""Nobody Knows You When You're Down and Out" in a medley with "Brother, Can You Spare a Dime?" And he was already singing Oscar Brown Jr.'s lyrics to Miles's "All Blues"

A contemporary reviewer picked up on certain tropes in Murphy's singing: "He has three main emotional forces with which he imbues his songs. He gave them full vent at his 1964 opening night at Ronnie Scott's.... First there is the mean, racy, abandoned mood - storming through numbers like 'Goody Goody’ or a hipped-up 'Hello Young Lovers'. Then he can sing with a sensitive, soft-pedalled poignancy, as for example, on 'I've Got You Under My Skin'. Murphy's interpretation of this is utterly different from all the others you've ever heard, all the way from its feelingful, pianissimo start to its high-powered climax. Third, Mark Murphy is a singer with a great sense of humor. He had us all grinning throughout his rendering of "Doodlin"' and guffawing at his cod version of 'Mack the Knife.'"

Mark loved the club, and became a regular there during the Sixties. "”

Once in London, Mark began to open up, both personally and professionally, and to expand into new areas to express his art, perhaps too much so at times. As Peter Jones describes it:

“Was Mark Murphy a middle-of-the-road entertainer or a serious jazz artist? In November 1966, the jazz critic Benny Green witnessed his gig opposite Freddie Hubbard at Ronnie Scott's, which had by now relocated to its present base in Frith Street. Green, whose rasping "East End" delivery made him an instantly recognizable voice on radio, was a highly knowledgeable critic with a forensic brain. His insight into Mark Murphy's singing style was pointed, and it highlighted an issue that many had noticed before, but few of whom had articulated with such precision.

In his book about the early days of Ronnie's, Green described the singer as "an intensely devoted artist with a good musical knowledge and almost limitless ambition. Murphy's chief fault seems to be connected with his desire to cram into every vocal all the harmonic complexities that one would normally look for only in the work of an instrumentalist. In reducing his voice to an instrument through which to express the words, Murphy sometimes complicates his material to the point where it disappears entirely. There is another end result of this kind of vocal daring. Each song, composed of chords, is given the same degree of intensity, so that the weightiness of one lyric is equated with the triviality of another. If Murphy were to lend a lighter touch to some of the lighter songs, the value of his recitals would immediately double. As it was on his debut at Scott's, admiration for the vocal gymnastics was always tempered by the regret that he was reducing the words too often to mere sounds."

But throughout his life, all attempts to cast Mark Murphy from some preexisting mold were doomed to failure. He was an educated middle-class man who never showed the slightest interest in money or the pursuit of a conventional career. He was a white man whose entire being was consumed with his love for jazz, which despite its hybrid origins has long been considered a "black" art form. …”

There is much merit in Benny Green’s assessment of what sometimes went wrong in Mark’s approach to Jazz singing.

Mark didn’t always succeed at what he was trying to pull off, but this is not unusual because in Jazz improvisation, one tends to fail more than one succeeds.

One must be brave and take chances and the more chances one takes the more risk of failure is involved; or one could play it safe and play only those things one knows one can pull off.

Based in London and performing in other European venues from time to time, the 1960s proved to be a transformative period in Mark’s career which Peter explains this way:

“The positive influence of Eddie [O’Sullivan, Mark’s partner] probably had a lot to do with this, as had the hard-won experience of performing day and night during his long stay in Europe. And perhaps too, as he approached 40, Mark had simply become more at ease with himself. But work in the UK had become scarce. … [So Mark turned more to acting]. … But soon even the acting work dried up. ...It was then [1971] that he learned that his mother had died.”

The death of Mark’s mother brought him back to NYC, and after the details with his mother’s passing were sorted out.

“Mark, disillusioned with life in London, decided to stay and try again in America. For the time being, Eddie would have to remain behind, since he had no right of residence in the USA. People in the north-eastern cities still remembered Mark from the Fifties and early Sixties, played his records and offered him gigs, and so were the logical places for him to begin what was now his fourth career relaunch.

He settled initially in Buffalo, finding work there and in Cincinnati, Cleveland, Providence and Boston, albeit performing top-40 material. … To save money, Mark lived in a camper van …. ‘He was not fussy about his living situations,’ recalled Charles Cochran. … Whenever possible, the impecunious Murphy would stay with friends.”

Although initiated through the sadness associated with his mother’s death, Mark’s returned to NYC in the 1970s proved to be an auspicious one for as Peter notes:

“While in New York, Mark looked up his ex-manager Helen Keane, who had been managing Bill Evans for the past nine years. Gene Lees, who knew Keane well, described her as ‘the archetypal New York woman’ tough, clever, perceptive, realistic, but with a sensitivity she kept well hidden - especially from the macho world of jazz. One of her contacts was Joe Fields, who had just started a new jazz record label called Muse. …

Muse Records, which Fields launched without financing ("I rubbed two matchsticks together," he told Downbeat) was both prolific and diverse. It functioned for a quarter of a century, releasing well over 200 albums in the Seventies alone, from soul jazz and hard bop to Latin and fusion.

Fields knew about Murphy's Rah album from hearing it on the radio, and he also knew Helen Keane. "We were quite friendly. She was one of the first tough bitches that walked around in the jazz business... which wasn't exactly a minor-league feat. We got along just great. So she said, 'Come to lunch, I
want you to see Mark in person.' I don't remember the exact occasion, but he was the act that was singing for this particular luncheon. And I liked it, it knocked me out. As tough a broad as Helen was, she had great taste... she worked very hard to promote Bill Evans.’”

In addition to his many albums on Muse, the 1970s would prove to be an important decade in Mark’s life for other reasons including re-establishing his partnership with Eddie O’Sullivan in the States when Mark moved west again to take a flat with him in San Francisco, and his first forays into teaching, which Peter Jones explains may have come about this way:

“It is not clear exactly when Mark Murphy began teaching his craft, but he may have got the idea in 1979 at the College of the Siskiyous, a public community college that had a jazz choir. Run by Dr. Kirby Shaw, an accomplished trumpet player and scat singer, the College was in the hill town of Weed in the far north of California. Shaw loved "Stolen Moments" and had written a vocal arrangement for it. In researching the tune, he realized that Murphy lived only a few hours away, and decided to contact him.

The beginning of his musical relationship with alto saxophonist Richie Cole [whom Mark had heard on an Eddie Jefferson record] can also be traced back to his time at Muse when they worked together on one of Mark’s more famous recording, Bop for Kerouac.

Richie Cole regarded Bop for Kerouac as a jazz concept album. "[Mark] was taking a chance with that, because at the time everyone wanted a hit record. He didn't give a shit about hit records. He just had this fantastic artistic concept... it was something he believed in, and he did it. I admire him so much for that. If it's something that you really wanted to put out there, that you think is worthwhile, then lack Kerouac was certainly worthwhile. It brought new attention to [him], as an underdog kind of hero."

The album also caught the ear of the influential vocal Jazz author and critic, James Gavin, According to Jones:

“The album, Murphy's 18th, was the first to catch the attention of young writer James Gavin. Stereo Review magazine included it in its "best of the month" roundup: ‘I was fascinated by the description of the Bop for Kerouac album. It sounded as though Mark were a sort of pained, troubled world traveler, who was underground after having been in the business for many years, and had an elite cult following of very hip, very clued-in musicians, singers and fans. And that made it catnip for me, because I'm mistrustful of anything that is too popular. It remains, I think, his greatest achievement on record, and an album that I play to this day. It has all of the best of Mark and none of the worst of Mark.’”

In 1983, Billboard magazine announced that Bop for Kerouac had been nominated for a Grammy, but it would ultimately lose to An Evening with George Shearing and Mel Torme which prompted the following observation from Peter:

“Although his disappointment was understandable, he had learned not to expect any recognition for his work other than the applause and congratulations of audiences when he played live. And apart from the occasional decent press review, he had come to the conclusion that the critics didn't really like him. He knew he was not everybody's cup of tea, but put that down to the fact that he was an artist rather than a popular entertainer. Now 50, and in the business for three decades, he knew he would never get rich. His comfort, he said, was that the people who appreciated him really appreciated him, and that because they hung on to his old records, and often brought them to gigs for him to sign, he played some small part in their lives.”

In this regard, Mark may also have drawn some comfort in the fact that Norbert Warner, based in Newcastle and a Murphy fan in long-standing, in 1981 released the first quarterly issue of his fan magazine - Mark’s Times.

“Throughout the late Seventies, Murphy continued to make regular trips across the Atlantic” which landed him back in London in the 1980s and into an exciting time in his career which Peter captures in this title to the ninth chapter in his Murphy bio: “It’s Hot, It’s Red Lights, It’s Exciting.”

“In 1979, a 15-year-old South London schoolboy was skimming through the racks in the music section of Sutton Public Library when he came across a newly-released Mark Murphy album and decided to borrow it. The record was Stolen Moments, and it turned Gilles Peterson into an instant fan. 37 years later he still hadn't quite got around to returning it. As a teenager, Peterson was listening to jazz-influenced rock and soul - Level 42, Earth Wind and Fire, and Central Line - as well as jazz-pop artists like Al Jarreau and Michael Franks, and the music he heard on pirate stations such as Radio Invicta. It inspired him to set up his own pirate station, with an aerial slung between a tree and a phone box, playing a mixture of jazz, funk, reggae, soul and early electro. Soon afterwards, as luck would have it, Radio Invicta needed a new transmitter, so Gilles offered to donate his in return for a regular slot on the station. Other pirate ventures followed - KJAZZ, Solar Radio and Horizon - before, in the grand tradition established by Radio 1, he was hired in 1986 to present a show on BBC Radio London: Mad on Jazz.

After establishing an early presence as a London hip-hop DJ, Peterson started looking for a new angle on the dance scene, and found it by going back to the original jazz records sampled by the hip-hoppers. He found his audience very receptive, and acid jazz was born. ….

Jazz was becoming the focus of the growing London street dance scene. ...

Gilles Peterson continued to play Mark Murphy tracks….

Back in 1981, Colin Kellam's distribution outfit Jazz Horizons had made all of Mark Murphy's Muse albums to date available in the UK. It was good timing, from Murphy's point of view, since it meant younger fans could now go out and buy the music they were hearing for the first time.”

The renewed interest in his music gave Murphy ideas. ‘I'm kind of tired of the cool jazz approach. That's why I'm so interested in Latin music. It's hot, it's red lights, it's exciting!’ And he felt that the rhythm in his singing was what had turned younger audiences on to his work. ‘I started singing this music because I'm a rhythm singer. I learned that from Nat Cole and Ella Fitzgerald. I want that to vibrate out. I think the day of keeping it all in, of being too cool, is finished. After I was forty, I became a gregarious person, and I knew I'd wasted a lot of time being introverted. I enjoy the outgoingness of singing hot jazz instead of cool jazz.’

By 1987 the Mark Murphy craze was in full swing in England. …”

Before Mark could revel in his new found success, tragedy was to strike as a result of Eddie O’Sullivan’s death due to AIDS.

The loss of Eddie ushered in a dark time in Mark’s life which was compounded by turning sixty years of age, losing his Muse recording contract and having a serious slowdown in bookings. Needless to say, Mark did not react well as Peter underscores in the following excerpts:

“ … Emotionally, Mark had been unraveling ever since Eddie's death, and his previously mild drink and drugs intake began developing into a crack cocaine habit that lasted through the first half of the decade. "He was wracked with guilt," said James Gavin. "Mark felt that if he had been home more with Eddie and paid more attention to Eddie, then Eddie would not have gone out straying, which Mark was certainly doing himself. But he felt responsible for Eddie's becoming ill and dying because Mark was on the road and not home with Eddie. Mark was not a stay-at-home guy. He was a true Kerouacian, On The Road vagabond."…

It took some effort and more than “a little help from his friends,” but back in London again by the mid-1990s, Mark began to clean up his act.

“In London, the big advantage of working with Pete Churchill, from Murphy's perspective, was that the pianist knew a lot of tunes; it gave the two of them an instant shared repertoire. Churchill knew all the piano bar songs, and had played small wine bar gigs with London-based singers like Stacey Kent and Christine Tobin. Soon afterwards he met his future wife, the jazz pianist Nikki Iles, who had played with luminaries like Art Farmer. ‘My listening changed. She brought a load of music I hadn't listened to. My playing changed too. And the next gig I did with [Mark], I remember so clearly, he put his hand on my shoulder in the middle of the gig, and said, 'Have you met someone?"'

“It was a shock to Pete Churchill's system to be tossed into the stormy seas of a Mark Murphy gig, where the improvisation was on a whole new level. ‘It was an unbelievable awakening. He was throwing things out at me, and long scat solos where I just thought, I don't know how to do the gear change that he wants from me in the rhythm section to take it to the next level. He was the perfect link I'd been looking for between the vocal jazz world and the instrumental world. I'd always seen them as very separate. I did my singers' gigs and then I did my instrumental gigs. And now here was a singer's gig where he didn't want me to be a singer's pianist. That was revelatory. The way he engaged the rhythm section and played the rhythm section was unbelievable. I don't know any other singers who did it the way he did it.’”

Retirement and withdrawal were off the agenda. Mark Murphy was finally ready for a new challenge.”

For not only was Mark “still in demand amongst the hip crowd in London,” but at this point in his career, another of Mark’s angels was to enter into his life in the form of Cindy Bitterman who became a member and contributor to The Mark Murphy International Appreciation Society for which “she dashed off ecstatic reviews of Mark’s recorded output and gigs.”

"She was estranged from her husband," explained James Gavin. "They were living in different wings of the house. She loved singers and loved jazz, and she was driving around when she heard Mark on the radio for the first time." This was January 1995, and the tune was "There's No You". Cindy wrote about her epiphany in Mark's Times: "I've heard lots of really top singers do this just as you have, but 1 don't recall holding my breath at the ending as I do with his version. The first time I ever heard him sing this was in my car and it nearly caused me to have a very bad accident."

Bitterman soon became much more than a mere super-fan or groupie. At first Mark was suspicious of her, assuming her to be one of the legions of adoring older ladies and wannabe singers who surrounded him these days. In fact, she was like a second Baroness Nica de Koenigswarter, the friend and patron of Charlie Parker, Thelonious Monk, and many other prominent jazz musicians of the Fifties. Not only did she understand with great clarity what Mark Murphy was doing professionally, she seemed to see into his very soul: "Watching Mark work only confirmed what I guessed at after listening to a few of his albums last winter, He reminds me of a little boy who is only happy when playing in his sandbox, and Mark's sandbox is filled with things musical, lust as Mark is. I think his veins are filled with bits of notes, chords, sharps, flats etc. Music is to Mark what water is to a fish. A necessity. Watching him work you can see his knowledge and command of his craft. He toys with a song, not quite like a cat with a mouse, because Mark is not killing, but toying, weaving and winding and bending and leaving me as usual shaking my head in disbelief. Taking two steps away for a drink while the trio continued, Mark is still working. I don't believe I've ever seen any singer so totally involved and in control of his work."

"Over a 15 year period, I cannot begin to tell you what Cindy did and the amount of money she poured into making Mark Murphy's life better," said James Gavin. "I don't think he would have lived as long as he did without the loving care of Cindy Bitterman. She paid for him to stay at Washington Square Hotel when he came to New York so that Mark wasn't staying at places like the YMCA anymore. She paid for projects for Mark, she bought him clothes. Mark at some point turned on almost everybody in his life. He did it to me a couple of times - it passed quickly, I got off cheap. But he never turned on Cindy Bitterman; he didn't dare. Because he needed her, but he also really loved her. They were talking on the telephone every day, several times a day, for years. When Cindy got sick, and that petered out, Mark again took it all very personally. But Cindy wanted nothing more than to help nurture Mark, for Mark to feel good about himself, and bring him to a wider audience.”

Even with Cindy’s help:

"Mark was probably the least [well] adapted human being that I've ever met to living in this world," said Roger Treece. "Getting along in the everyday practical world was something that he seems to have a singular inability for... The interface with the practical world was just something that was very difficult for him... It was also why things were so difficult after Eddie died, because he didn't have that other half. Eddie was more practical than Mark was... Mark needed a producer. He was very strong on concept and creative details but very weak on technical details."

...."Well, my life timing has always been strange," mused Mark. "I asked my psychic in Berkeley if I had been jinxed in a past life, and she said, 'Yes, Mark, you were, back in the 10th century.'"…

Mark reached a point in his life when he began to consider retirement because as Peter offers:

“Despite his popularity outside the USA with the younger acid-jazz crowd, Mark Murphy still saw himself as part of an older jazz tradition: "I love doing ballads. That's when I feel I can communicate one-to-one with listeners. People tell me it's as if I'm singing directly to them. I've been a part of marriages and divorce settlements, child conceptions and wakes, my fans keep my albums for years. They come up to me at my live shows with these scratchy LPs and ask me to sign them. I never sold a million albums, but those I did sell are still out there. Shirley [Horn], Sheila [Jordan] and I seem to be the last of our generation. But the gold is that when you reach maturity as vocalists, you begin to sing your life. You're not just performing. You're putting your life into your songs."
But the jinx continued. Mark's name was accidentally left out of the Downbeat male jazz singers' poll of 1998,....”

And yet, fortunately for Mark, another of his angels appeared on the scene, or perhaps, returned to the scene would be a better way to put it, with the reappearance of record producer Joe Fields in his life.

“Unlike Mark Murphy, Joe Fields never had any intention of retiring. Shortly after selling Muse, he and his son Barney launched a new record label, HighNote. Although Joe had sold the Muse catalogue, he hadn't sold the contracts. "There was literally no transition. We were still in the same office. I took the Muse sign off and put the HighNote sign up, and we just continued to roll." Mark Murphy, a singer without a record label, gratefully signed up.

Before long it was as if he and Joe had never been apart: five HighNote albums were to follow….”

And not only did Mark once again have a record label that believed in him but -

“Some of the greatest music of Mark Murphy's career was recorded in Berlin in 2002 with 30-year-old German trumpeter Till Bronner. Hailed in some quarters as a reincarnation of Chet Baker, Bronner had been introduced to Murphy's music by a jazz singer friend. One evening in 2001, on his way back from a radio engagement, Bronner was passing by the A-Trane jazz club and noticed that Murphy was playing that very night. Bronner, whose Baker tribute album, Chattin’ with Chet, had come out a couple of years earlier, had long been impressed by Murphy's ability to sing like an instrumentalist on albums like Rah. Entering the half-empty club and positioning himself in front of the stage, he became aware that Murphy was directing the local trio in a way he had never seen a singer do before. And when Mark sat down alone at the piano to accompany himself on a ballad at the end of the show, Bronner found that tears were rolling down his cheeks.”

“ … [Bronner’s] insight was that Murphy possessed the rare ability to tap into profound, half-buried emotional conflicts, in a way that made his ballad performances extremely moving. ‘For me, only Frank Sinatra has the same ability to make me feel he is speaking to me when he sings. The others just perform. The songs that Mark sounded so good on were the ones that contained a big unresolved emotion. The mother of all love songs is disappointment, unrequited love, and that's something that you feel you shouldn't show. And in his case, being gay must have given him even more reason to sing [about these emotions].’

This was the beginning of what became the album Once to Every Heart. The idea was to aim for a mood of relaxation and intimacy. There would be no hurry, no stress, no clock-watching. Mark would be close-miked, and the only other musician in the studio with him and Bronner would be Frank Chastenier, long-standing pianist with the WDR Big Band, and a player of extraordinary sensitivity. On the recordings, Bronner's own musical lines were as sparse as he had ever played. As he put it, ‘What could you possibly add after this guy sang?’ Following two days in the studio, Bronner did an edit in which he took out all of Murphy's breaths, but he decided in the end to leave them in. ‘Hearing him breathe made it so personal.’"

In 2006, Mark turned 74. Peter gently introduces another key aspect that entered into Mark’s life at this time:

"It was also the year that friends and colleagues began to notice that something wasn't quite right.

Lesley Mitchell-Clarke phoned him for a chat one day. He always called her Blondie. "Hey," she said, "This is Blondie." There was a long pause at the other end. "Which Blondie?" asked Mark, eventually. This set Lesley's alarm bells ringing. Shortly afterwards she learned that he had been diagnosed with Alzheimer's, was wearing a patch that delivered medication, and had a care-worker living with him.

When he made one of his regular trips to Holland, Greetje Kauffeld hardly recognized him - he suddenly seemed very old….. But Mark continued to perform … with [pianist] Misha Piatigorsky's trio ….”

But after the onset of the illness, Mark went through period where things improved to a degree that allowed him to function. As Peter describes it:

“His health improved to the point where, on July 31 and August 1, 2009, he was able to play four sets at New York's Kitano, a Japanese-owned hotel on Park Avenue and 38th Street. ‘Reports of Murphy's demise were exaggerated,’ blogged Will Friedwald. ‘Although he now walks with a cane and sings sitting down, he looks really good: he's let his beard go white, and has given up the infamous high hair for a tasteful knit cap, and he's neither gained nor lost any weight. His chops are in terrific shape, although his concentration isn't entirely what it used to be... He spends a lot of time scatting, and, beyond that, making wildly nonsensical sounds, but, as always, Murphy extracts more coherent meaning and emotion out of scat phrases that most contemporary singers do with actual words... After being on for 50 minutes or so, Murphy abruptly stopped, took a small bow and walked off. He was, understandably, exhausted after four shows in two nights. (The next day, a Murphy fan emailed me a recording of the earlier Saturday show, which was only slightly longer but included seven different songs, one of which was his own beautiful torch tune, 'Before We Say Goodbye', which, as far as I can tell, he's only recorded in an electronic, acid-jazz setting.) Overall, Murphy sounded great, and it was one of the most moving of all the dozens of performances of his that I've attended.’”

In October he was honored at Yoshi's in Oakland, during that year's San Francisco Jazz Festival, by many of the singers he had known during his long residence in the Bay area, including Kitty Margolis, Madeline Eastman, Ann Dyer, Laurie Antonioli, Bobbe Norris, and Joyce Cooling. The Jazzschool in Berkeley, which ran a four-year degree course, announced that it was establishing the Mark Murphy Vocal Jazz Scholarship. ‘He lived here in the 80s when we were cutting our teeth on the local jazz scene,’ Margolis told Jazz Times. ‘I can remember not only going to see him at his gigs, but him coming to my gigs. Not many older and successful musicians did that. He's always been very generous as a friend and as a teacher.’ Recalled Ann Dyer, ‘At the end of the evening, Mark came out, sat on a stool, and it was like - let me show you how it's done. He took the entire room to a whole 'nother level. He still had such facility with his voice. He was eternally hip and eternally sincere in his musical performances.’"

“With the aid of Wendy Oxenhorn of the Jazz Foundation of America, a place was found for Mark at a retirement community in Englewood, New Jersey. It was there, in room 111 of the Lillian Booth Actors' Home at 155-175 West Hudson Avenue, that he spent his final years. Mark Edmond Murphy had been granted power of attorney, and bought out the reverse mortgage on the property, which had up to now provided his uncle with some income. This released funds to pay for Mark Sr.'s residence at the actors' home. Like many at his time of life, he was desperate to stay in his own house. ‘Mark was absolutely miserable about this," said James Gavin. "I know that his nephew was completely devoted to him, but Mark blamed him for getting him out of his beloved home and sending him to this wretched place. That was typical Mark - overreacting and pointing the finger of blame. But it was essential that Mark was moved out of that house, because something terrible was going to happen.’”

“Said Jean-Pierre Leduc, ‘If he'd had a partner at the end of his life, who was there for him come rain or come shine, then he wouldn't have had to live in that place. But when you're surrounded by people who are staring out the window, or drooling, or whatever, and you've just come back from Paris and London and Berlin, performing to sold-out houses, it's very hard to keep your morale going. I think you can just turn a corner in a bad way, and just give up.’ James Gavin added, ‘He didn't want to be there, he never wanted to be there, he hated that place. It has three floors: the upper floor is sunlit and very pretty, and that's the assisted living floor. And so there you're living in small apartments and you're getting help with medications and meals and things. But otherwise you're free to come and go. But the middle and the bottom floors are Alzheimer's and dementia floors, and in those cases you're basically locked in because it's the only way you can remain safe.’"

“Even after Mark Murphy's singing career appeared to be over, he continued to receive visitors and take phone calls.”

Mark died in his sleep on Thursday, October 22, 2015 with complications from pneumonia cited as the official cause of death.

Mark’s Brazilian Jazz buddy, Francesca Miano, concluded her part of the eulogy given at his Memorial Service on March 14, 2016 by saying:

"Mark Murphy was a great man yet so down to earth, a man and a boy simultaneously. Yet, in spite of all he went through, he never lost his dignity. It was like being in the presence of a great guru, one who exuded music until he took his last breath."

And Peter concludes his biography with these assessments of his career and its significance:

“Mark Murphy's reputation will only grow as he recedes into history. His career began when jazz was at its peak of popularity, and continued long after it had been eclipsed in the public mind by other forms of music. His achievements were many, and they were extraordinary. Perhaps the most extraordinary of all was that he survived, eking out a living from his chosen art form, something only a few achieve when that art form is jazz, and of those, almost none without support from the music industry. He lived into old age, while so many of his contemporaries died young, victims to illness, overwork and drug abuse.

Many of those who witnessed his live shows felt that no sound or visual recording medium could do justice to him as a performer. 'He's a hundred times as good as any record that he's ever done,' said Cleo Laine. "He was a total artist," said Richie Cole. "Of course he would have loved to be accepted and famous and all that, but he just followed his natural instincts to put out the best music that he knew. He followed his heart."

At various times in his career Mark was presented with chances to make money, and passed them up. When it came to the crunch, he was simply not prepared to compromise. As Tessa Souter pointed out in her obituary, "To him, it was a 'miracle' that he was able to survive - and even buy a house -without compromising his artistic integrity. ('I don't know that you'll ever find me in K-Mart.') 'Just being a jazz singer is a risk, because it is the world's most unpopular music. You have to dare. You have to get up there. Because you are creating. You are up there making something that wasn't there before and that takes daring. It's not the easiest way of life, but it is interesting.'"



The Intimate Ella

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved. 


   “In 1960 Ella won 2 Grammy Awards for the album Ella in Berlin. She was 42 and at the climax of her career. That year she also released this very different song collection. I recommend it to you as one of the very best of all jazz vocal recordings.
   The album had a strange conception. Ella appeared in an unsuccessful movie entitled, Let No Man Write My Epitaph. Norman Granz decided to record the songs from the film – in which Ella appeared to accompany herself at the piano. For the recording she was backed by her regular pianist, Paul Smith. The mood is indeed “intimate”; the tempos are slow and relaxed. Ella’s voice is beautifully recorded and Paul Smith’s accompaniment is superb.You will never hear a better recording of Matt Dennis’s beautiful song Angel Eyes. My personal favourite is their version of Ray Noble’s lovely song, I Hadn’t Anyone Till You. Whatever the songs, Ella and Paul transform them with performances filled with subtlety and controlled expression. [My copy of The Intimate Ella is Verve CD 839838-2]”
- Peter Batten, Sussex Jazz Magazine April 1, 2018


"There was a kind of naivete about her," Paul Smith said. "She was like a little girl. If she was unhappy she'd pout like an eight-year-old; which in a way she was. I always thought of her as a lady who never quite grew up. She always had that little girl quality about her. Her feelings could be hurt very easily. Ella was a very tender lady. She loved kids. She was kind of like a kid herself, inside.”
- Pianist Paul Smith, Ella’s accompanist for many years, in Tad Hershorn, Norman Granz: The Man Who Used Jazz for Justice


“The reader will excuse me, I hope, for going on at such length about the ten years Fitzgerald recorded exclusively for Verve [1956-66], but they contain so much of her best work that her earlier period seems like a mere prelude and her post-Verve years an afterthought. ...Fitzgerald’s interpretations have always been about melodies and harmonies. No other singer depends as much on pure chops as she does. ...There are enough sultry saloon singers and balladeers in this world; we don't need to cry all the time. We need singers like Fitzgerald to remind us that our great songwriters wrote music as well as words. ....”
- Will Friedwald, Jazz Singing

“Ella Fitzgerald is one of a handful of preeminent jazz performers who have become public monuments, emblematic of an unquestioning national pride. She embodies jazz as a positive force even for those who pay no attention to jazz. ... She is often exhilarating (her voice still has much of its girlish purity, stretching over a perfect two-octave midrange, and her rhythms are irresistible), but one attends her performances expecting to be moved less by introspective drama than by the contagiousness of her joy in singing.


In the beginning, no one would have thought to characterize her as, or predict for her the status of, an icon. She was too much the lively young girl, precocious but vulnerable, looking for her little yellow basket.”
- Gary Giddins, First Lady, 1976


“All sorts of people will say they love Ella, but I am one of the ones who had a chance to know her, ever since my sister and 1 were with Tony Pastor's band. Ella was one of the first persons we met with that degree of national prominence. She was always childlike in her trust of people, and she opens up immediately. She is personal; you learn a great deal about her right away. There's no artifice. That warm sound, that perfect vibrato, is a part of her, an extension of her personality. It's engaging and moving, because she's open and childlike. Add to that musicality, and it's an explosion.”
- Rosemary Clooney, vocalist in Leslie Gourse, Celebrating Ella, 1991


“Ella never lost that sweet sixteen thing in her voice, that plaintiveness that was there from the beginning. It's a gift from God. She never lost it ….and she still can outswing anybody.”
- Joe Williams, vocalist in Leslie Gourse, Celebrating Ella, 1991

“There's a maturity and depth in her interpretations now that's better than ever, I think, in her approach to her material and repertoire. There's a new element in Ella that's beautiful to see and hear. That happened to Sass over the years. (Mike worked as Sarah Vaughan's accompanist in 1979 and 1983]. All the great singers, if they have continued over that many decades, become different singers than they were; they get deeper and better, with a touching quality.”
- Mike Wofford, pianist and one of Ella’s accompanists in Leslie Gourse, Celebrating Ella, 1991


Both in the selected quotations above and throughout the Jazz literature in general, the paradox that was Ella Fitzgerald presents itself.


We continually read references to her being naive, having a little girl quality about her and a voice of girlish purity, being a lively young girl, childlike in her trust of people, and that sweet sixteen thing in her voice, while at the same time, we read about the exhilaration she generates through her joy in singing, her superb “chops” [technique], her musicality, her powerful sense of swing, and the maturity and depth of her interpretations.


How best to explain these seemingly contradictory tendencies and qualities?


Perhaps the best way to interpret them is to recognize that like all of us, Ella was all of these things and many more and that, even more importantly, these tendencies and qualities may not necessarily be mutually exclusive.


This complex blend of Ella-isms was recently brought home to me when I discovered a wonderful compilation of classic Jazz vocals on a CD simply entitled - The Intimate Ella - thirteen marvelous tracks with pianist Paul Smith providing the lone support.


I’m aghast to realize, let alone admit, that I missed this one when it first came out. I suppose like many in 1960, I was focused the next “Songbook” LP [she made 8 of them: 7 composers; 1 lyricist; 14 volumes] - Ella’s enduring tribute albums to the great composers and lyricist who are usually referred to under the catchall phrase - The Great American Songbook - let alone completely blown away by the Ella in Berlin recording that won a Grammy that same year.


The German producer, Imme Schade van Westrum, describes how this exquisite recording came about in the following insert notes to the CD:


"I had never realised just how good our songs really were until I heard them sung by Ella Fitzgerald", said Ira Gershwin. Bing Crosby concluded that "man, woman or child, Ella is the greatest", while Duke Ellington ranked her "beyond category". For the rest of her millions of fans she is the "First lady of song".


Ella Fitzgerald is not only one of the most acclaimed vocalists of the twentieth century but, thanks to her producer, manager and inspirer Norman Granz, also the best recorded artist in the whole history of jazz. From all her periods and moods (from the band years with Chick Webb and the classical song books to the mature chamber jazz with Joe Pass) the highlights have been carefully recorded and released on LP and the majority also on compact disc. Ella Fitzgerald's works are here to stay, like a Beethoven symphony or a Rembrandt painting in the Amsterdam Rijksmuseum.


And just as with Beethoven and Rembrandt, so with Ella Fitzgerald, new masterpieces are constantly being discovered or rediscovered. It is the case with the 13 songs on this compact disc. Although they were released in 1960 under the title "Ella Fitzgerald sings songs from the soundtrack of 'Let no man write my epitaph'", in terms of publicity and attention this Ella Fitzgerald recording was soon forgotten, for the movie flopped and anyway, the year 1960 was completely dominated by "Ella in Berlin", with no fewer than two Grammy awards. It was the legendary live recording in which Ella forgot the words to "Mack the knife" and substituted these with one of her most beautiful scats. Although these improvisations contrast deeply with the quiet songs from "Let no man write my epitaph" there is a common denominator: Paul Smith the pianist. In this somewhat bizarre film about corruption and drug addicts we see and hear Ella Fitzgerald (alongside Burl Ives, Shelley Winters and Jean Seberg) sing the songs while giving the impression that she accompanies herself on the piano. In reality it is Cliff Smalls who plays the piano parts on the soundtrack.


For this recording the songs were sung again but this time with Paul Smith at the piano. Both Ella Fitzgerald and Paul Smith sound exceptionally subdued and in some places even melancholic. There are obvious similarities with Ella's earlier Gershwin recordings with Ellis Larkins at the piano and her more recent duets with guitarist Joe Pass. We hear a subdued "ballad" singer - Fitzgerald was 42 in 1960 - whose voice and interpretation pleased millions. She was at the height of her career. This rediscovered disc not only throws a new light on Ella's enormous oeuvre but also enriches and expands it, especially because these performances are among the most intimate that the First Lady of Song ever recorded. - Imme Schade van Westrum.”

Victor Feldman and Frank Rosolino: The "Lost" Recordings

$
0
0
© -  Steven A. Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


For about two years in the late 1950s, I had the pleasure of hanging out with pianist/vibist Victor Feldman and trombonist Frank Rosolino who were then regular members of bassist's Howard Rumsey’s Lighthouse Cafe All-Stars in Hermosa Beach, CA.


These were my formative years in Jazz and I always thought of the many nights at I spent at the club listening to set after set of the Lighthouse All-Stars as my “undergraduate education.”


The drummer with the All-Stars at that time was Stan Levey When I mentioned to him something about lessons, he turned me over to Victor saying: “He even knows the name of the rudiments.” [Stan was just being defensive as he was self-taught and not all that technically conversant with “drum speak.” He just played his backside off instead.]


As to Victor's skills as a drummer, I soon found out that before he turned to vibes and piano, Victor had been a World Class drummer [think Buddy Rich - Yes, he was that fast].


The closing time for the club was 2:00 AM, but on weekdays, most of the patrons were gone by midnight. At the witching hour, the musicians sometimes congregated in the back of the club to relax, have a smoke and conduct Jazz 101 with aspiring, young musicians before playing a last set.


Often, Jazz 101 consisted of war stories and one night while I was sitting in the back of the club with Victor and Frank Rosolino, Victor told a heart-breaking tale of the “lost tapes” he had made a few years earlier with a rhythm section of Hank Jones on piano, Bill Crow on bass and Kenny Clark and Joe Morello on drums [they split the two, recording sessions].

Before leaving Woody Herman’s Big Band and settling in with Howard Rumsey’s Lighthouse All-Stars for a three year stint beginning in 1957, Victor had made a prior arrangement to record an album for Keynote Records and set about making arrangements for the date.  Bassist Bill Crow tells the tale of this ill-fated Feldman, Keystone recording session in his book From Birdland to Broadway [New York: Oxford University Press, 1992, pp. 119-120].


“One night [in 1955] a young man sat at the Hickory House bar listening and smiling as we played [the Marian McPartland Trio featuring Bill Crow on bass and Joe Morello on drums]. When our set was finished, he introduced himself as Victor Feldman. The talented English vibraphonist had just arrived in New York, and had come to meet Marian. He said he liked the way Joe and I played together.


‘I’m doing an album for Keynote,’ Victor told us, ‘and I’d like you guys to do it with me. I’ve already sort of promised it to Kenny Clarke, so I’ll have him do the first date and Joe the second. I’ve got Hank Jones on piano.


Both dates went beautifully. Victor had written some attractive tunes, and he and Hank hit it off together right away. We couldn’t have felt more comfortable if we’d been playing together for years. Victor was glad to have the recording finished before he left town to join Woody Herman’s band.


The next time I ran into Vic, he told a sad story. The producer at Keynote had decided to delay releasing the album, hoping Victor would become famous with Woody. But the next Keystone project ran over budget, and when he needed to raise some cash, the producer sold Victor’s master tapes to Teddy Reig at Roost Records. Vic came back to New York, discovered what happened, and called Reig to find out when he planned to release the album.


‘Just as soon as Keystone sends me the tape,’ said Reig.


Vic called Keystone to ask when this would take place, and was told the tape had already been sent. A search of both record companies offices failed to locate the tape, and as far as I know it was never found. It may still be lying in a storeroom somewhere, or it may have been destroyed.


Since Keystone announced the album when we did the date, it was listed in Down Beat in their “Things to Come” column, and that information found its way into the Bruyninckx discography, but now that Vic and Kenny are both gone, that music exists as a lovely resonance in the memories of Joe, Hank and myself.”


Frank and I were horrified. “Some Christmas present,” Frank said, reflectively. He went on to say: “That better not happen with the tapes from the session we just finished.”


The recording session that Frank was referring to occurred on December 22, 1958 and while the outcome was not as irrevocable as was the case with the never-found tapes of Victor’s Keystone tapes, it DID happen that the Rosolino tapes were also, never released, at least, not until almost thirty years later [Frank died in 1978].


In 1987, Fantasy acquired the tapes from the December 22, 1958 Rosolino session and finally released them on LP as Frank Rosolino: Free For All [SP-2161]. The date was also released on CD in 1991 [Specialty Jazz Series OJCCD 1763-2].



Leonard Feather explains the story this was in his insert notes to the CD.


“Surprises of the kind represented by this album are as rare as they are welcome. The appearance of a hitherto undocumented album by Frank Rosolino makes a valuable addition to the discographical annals of an artist whose memory is cherished by admirers around the world.


His career seemed, on the surface, to have been reasonably successful. Born in Detroit in 1926, he came up through the big band ranks, playing with Gene Krupa, Bob Chester, Herbie Fields and Georgie Auld, then leading his own group in Detroit before joining Stan Kenton in 1952.


Two years later, he settled in Southern California and became, for several years, a regular in Howard Rumsey's Lighthouse All Stars in Hermosa Beach. His free-wheeling, extrovert style did not conform to the then prevalent image of West Coast jazz as tightly organized, laid back and somewhat derivative.


Moreover, Rosolino was known from the early days as an incurable comic, whose bop vocal on "Lemon Drop" with the Krupa band marked his first appearance on film. As Benny Carter once commented, "Frank was a fantastic musician, but behind that cut-up personality was a troubled man. He was like Pagliacci.”


Frank made his recording debut as a leader with a 1952 session for the short lived Dee Gee label. There were other dates for Capitol, Bethlehem and Mode, but by the mid-1960s the only available Rosolino album was a Reprise set that featured him mainly as a comedy singer. The existence of the present volume was unknown except to those who had taken part in it — and, particularly, the man who produced it, David Axelrod.


"Frank and I were excited about this album," Axelrod recalls, "because it was going to be the first hard bop album recorded and released on the West Coast. We wanted to get away from that bland, stereotyped West Coast image. We worked for weeks on planning the personnel and the songs. The results were terrific. It was a great disappointment to us both that the record, for reasons we never understood, wasn't released."


Rosolino confirmed this view in a letter he sent to Specialty some nine months after the session. "I feel it's the best album I have ever recorded; everyone who was on the date feels the same. I've played the dub for numerous musicians and they all think it's just great."


Harold Land, whose tenor sax shared the front line with Frank's trombone, was already well established as a proponent of the more vigorous California sound; he had toured with the Max Roach-Clifford Brown Quintet in 1954-5 and went on to lead various combos in addition to working, off and on ever since 1955, in the Gerald Wilson Orchestra.


Victor Feldman, who had arrived from England in 1955 and settled in Los Angeles after touring with Woody Herman, has worked for many years in studios, often playing mainly percussion and vibes, but his jazz reputation (primarily on piano) is a formidable one. Two years after these sides were made he joined Cannonball Adderley; in 1963 he recorded and gigged with Miles Davis.


Stan Levey, one of the foremost bebop drummers of the 1940's, played with everyone from Dizzy and Bird to Herman and Kenton, then joined the Rumsey group at the Lighthouse. By 1972, tired of boring studio jobs, he gave up playing in order to concentrate on his growing success as a commercial photographer.


Leroy Vinnegar, born in Indianapolis, settled in Los Angeles in 1954 and has worked with innumerable groups led by Stan Getz, Shelly Manne, Jimmy Smith, Shorty Rogers, Buddy Collette, and the Crusaders.


Typical of Frank Rosolino's ingenuity is the opening cut; he tackled Love for Sale in 6/4, moving into a fast 4/4 for the bridge. His own solo and Land's establish immediately that this is a tough, no-holds-barred blowing session.


Twilight is a beguilingly pensive example of Victor Feldman's talent as a composer.
There is no improvisation here until the solo by Land, who also plays under Frank's eloquent excursion.


Frank deals with the melody, while Harold offers appropriate fills on Henry Nemo's Don't Take Your Love From Me. Note the easy moderate beat sustained behind Frank's solo, the typically inventive Land outing, and Feldman's evolution from single note lines to chords.


Chrisdee, an original by Stan Levey, was named for his sons Chris and Dee and is a bebop line based on a cycle of fifths, with a somewhat Monkish bridge. After Frank and Harold have adroitly negotiated the changes, there is a series of fours, with Leroy walking a passage and Stan in a couple of brief solo statements.


Stardust is Rosolino throughout, a masterful example of his approach to a well-worn standard into which he breathes new life. The verse is played slowly, the tempo picks up a bit for the chorus, and the beat is later doubled, with Frank's sinuous lines growing busier before he closes it out on the dominant.


Frank composed Free Fall the album's title tune as a funky blues theme that offers 24 bars to Leroy, four choruses (48 bars) to Frank, three to Harold and two to Victor before the theme returns, ending with a suddenness that was typical of the hard bop era.


Frank worked out the routine on There is No Greater Love, an Isham Jones standard that dates back to 1936 and is as much in use as ever at jam sessions a half century after its debut. The unison horns kick it off at a bright pace,- after Harold's and Frank's solos, Victor gets into a single-note bop bag.


Finally, Frank's own Sneakyoso provides the quintet with an ingenious vehicle, its attractive changes providing good opportunities for Frank to work out. Note the fine comping Victor furnishes for Harold Land before taking over for his own solo. The two horns engage in an exchange with Stan Levey before the head returns.


All in all, this is a superior, even superlative example of the genre of music it represents. Frank was right to be so proud of it. Talking to Stan Levey while preparing these notes, I was not surprised when he remarked: "I never heard anyone else quite like Frank. He put into his music much more than he ever achieved out of it. I remember this session well, and I'm happy it's being made available."


Sadly, Frank did not survive to see its release. … [He died under tragic circumstances] in November of 1978 …..


Free for All is a very welcome reminder of an exceptionally gifted artist who left us much too soon.”


Leonard Feather, 1986 (Leonard Feather is the Los Angeles Times jazz critic.)


The following video features Frank, Harold, Victor, Leroy and Stan on Chrisdee.


Who knows Maybe one day, someone will find the tapes of Victor’s 1955 session for Keystone and I can change the title of this piece from “lost” to “found.”



John Lewis: Neoclassicism in Jazz

$
0
0

“Jazz, in the hands of a neoclassicist, is a music of balance, of care, of restraint; with an unabashed lyricism and a subtle sense of formal structure, ….  [T]he neoclassicist can often be distinguished not so much by his positive virtues as by what he excludes.” [paraphrased from Ted GioiaThe Imperfect Art: Reflections on Jazz and Modern Culture, p. 85]

“With a touch as individual as Basie or Claude Thornhill, and an ever more careful and considered phraseology, … [John Lewis’ pianism] is swing and bebop distilled down to their most lyrical and refined essences.”
Richard Cook and Brian Morton The Penguin Guide to Jazz on CD, 6th Ed., [p. 904].

“John Lewis’ style is single-noted and highly rhythmic. His simple, seemingly repetitive phrases are generally played just behind the beat, where much of the secret of Jazz lies. He is an emotional pianist – in a transcendental way – and he succeeds, where most pianists fail, in transmitting his emotion.”
– Whitney BalliettAmerican Musicians: 56 Portraits in Jazz, p. 240.

© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.

The late John Lewis [1920-2001] and Oscar Peterson [1925-2007] were both Jazz pianists. But any similarity between them ends with that declarative statement.

Stylistically, they are as different as night and day.

For proof of this assertion, all one need do is listen to Oscar Peterson play his break-neck speed version of Clifford Brown’s Daahoud and then try to find anything remotely resembling it in the entire catalog of John Lewis recordings. Oscar plays more notes in one rendering of Daahoud than John plays on an entire album.

[BTW – did I mentioned that I am a big fan of OP’s Daahoud?]

This contrast in Jazz piano styles was once again brought home to me while working on a recent profile of trumpeter Dizzy Gillespie when I stumbled upon the following 1946 photo of Diz’s big band at the Spotlite club with none other than John Lewis in the piano chair.

Talk about a flurry of notes – Dizzy Gillespie in his early years and in a big band, no less!

What in the world was John Lewis doing in the piano chair of such a band – a pianist who could rival Count Basie for pecking out the fewest notes in a chorus of 12-bar blues?

As the story goes, Bud Powell, whose fast and furious right-hand phrasing was a more appropriate fit for the piano chair, was AWOL again, bringing about Dizzy’s insertion of Lewis as a last-minute substitute for the gig at the Spotlite club.

For the most part, pianists are largely superfluous in a big band [you can’t hear them], so I doubt that anyone listening very closely to Diz’s band at the time would have noticed the difference.


But I did and in so doing it helped me realize that I had been wanting to spend some time developing a piece about John Lewis, an interest that was further enhanced after a recent JazzProfiles feature on Ted Gioia’s The Imperfect Art: Reflections on Jazz and Modern Culture and his analysis of Neoclassicism in Jazz as noted in the following, somewhat modified quotation [pp.84-85]:

“… the Neoclassicists of Jazz, like Neoclassicists in other arts, … attempt to pare away the excesses of previous generations to reveal an art that is pristine and timeless.

Their paradigm is the sculptor, whose work emerges from sharply cut and precisely defined lines, and whose warmth of expression is tempered by the cool, distant, and unforgiving medium with which he works.

The Neoclassicist recognizes that self-restraint is the essence of artistic style. A style which includes everything ceases to be a style – it has become an encyclopedia of techniques.

The artist who embraces all of these techniques has, by the same token, reduced himself to a mere craftsman. Art begins only when some techniques are favored, others discarded.

Jazz, for these artists, is not just the music of possibilities, but rather of constrained possibilities.”

John Lewis fits perfectly into the Neoclassic approach to Jazz.

Not surprisingly, alto saxophonist Paul Desmond, who is the primary example that Ted uses to support his premise of Neoclassicism in Jazz, always wanted to perform in concert with John Lewis and The Modern Jazz Quartet [MJQ].

His wish was granted on December 25, 1971 at Town Hall in New York City.

[As an aside and for those readers who may not be aware, John is best known as the pianist and musical director of the MJQ, one Jazz’s most enduring combos, and Paul Desmond was a member of legendary pianist Dave Brubeck’s Quartet for over 15 years]

As Irving Townsend explains in his insert notes to a posthumously issued CD that captured the music that was played that evening [paragraphing modified]:

[Following their initial meeting in San Francisco in the mid-1950s] it is not difficult to understand … the developing friendship between the two men or their admiration for each other’s music.

Each was soft-spoken, shy of lime lighted celebrity which by then had caught them in its glare.

They were contemporaries both in age and in Jazz, each a distinctive voice in what was at that time something new, a permanently established small group whose music was bound neither by the previous perimeters of Jazz nor by the calisthenics of night club entertainment.

…. There is a handful of instrumentalists whose playing redefines the instrument. Paul Desmond was one of that handful.”

Of the 1971 Christmas Day union between the MJQ and Desmond, John Lewis – appropriately -  put it more succinctly: “I guess we always thought about things the same way and finally it happened.”

Mr. Townsend assertion about Paul Desmond redefining the alto saxophone refers to the sound that he achieved on the horn; one that is sometimes called a subtone. The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz defines this as:

“A soft, caressing, breathy tone produced by carefully controlled suppression of the higher partials of a note. Subtone is produced by means of a small, slow, but steady stream of air, projected through a tight embouchure; the player must blow firmly to prevent the sound from breaking or fading altogether, but gently so that the upper partials of the note are not produced.” [p. 1168]

Obviously, the analogy between Paul and John cannot be pushed so far as to assert that Lewis changed the sound of the piano.

But at a time when most Jazz pianists were embracing bebop phrasing with it multiplicity of notes played in a fast and furious fashion, John Lewis opted for a more succinct almost laconic style.

The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz offers this description of John’s playing [paragraphing modified]:

“Lewis is among the most conservative of bop pianists. His improvised melodies, played with a delicate touch are usually simple and quiet; the accompaniments are correspondingly light, with Lewis’ left hand just grazing the keys to produce a barely audible sound.

His method of accompanying soloists is similarly understated: rather than comping – punctuating the melody with irregularly placed chords – he often plays simple counter-melodies in octaves which combine with the solo and bass parts to form a polyphonic texture.

…. Many of Lewis’ solos have a degree of motivic unity which is rare in Jazz. For example, in Bluesology [1956] each chorus of his solo builds on the previous one by establishing a link from the end of one chorus to the beginning of the next.

As … [his] solo progresses, Lewis subjects its opening motif to inversion, chromatic alterations, and a variety of other alterations in pitch and shape, which nevertheless retain their links with the basic figure [i.e.: motif].” [p. 695]

Given all of this, maybe John does change the sound of the piano after all?!

More insights into what makes John Lewis’ kind of Jazz so singular and satisfying are to be found in the following inserts notes to his album Kansas City Breaks [Red Barron JK57759], which Dan Morgensten, the distinguished Jazz critic and current Director, Institute of Jazz Studies, Rutgers University, has graciously granted copyright permission to replicate.

John’s choice for the instrumentation on this recording assures it of an almost chamber music quality as he is joined by Joe Kennedy, Jr. on violin, Frank Wess on flute, Howard Collins on guitar, and John, Marc Johnson and Shelly Manne on piano, ass and drums, respectively.

In order to give JazzProfiles readers the opportunity to sample John’s music from Kansas City Breaks, the editorial staff has selected this group’s performance of Django, probably John’s most famous composition, as the audio track and set it to this YouTube tribute to John Lewis.


© -Dan Morgenstern. Reprinted with permission; copyright protected, all rights reserved.

“Throughout his long and distinguished career, John Lewis has created so much remarkable and beautiful music that it seems presumptuous to speak of landmarks. Nevertheless, I'll go out on a limb and call this remarkably beautiful album a John Lewis landmark.

It brings to first fruition some ideas about a new and fresh combination of instruments that have been taking shape over a number of years, starting not long after the breakup (after a record near quarter-century) of the Modern Jazz Quartet. (That the MJQ would eventually be reconstituted from time to time was inevitable, but it clearly no longer occupies a central position in Lewis's musical life.)

Soon after Lewis began to teach at New York's City College, he formed a student group with the unusual instrumentation heard here, and in 1975, he made an album for Columbia, "P.O.V." on which a similar combination (substituting cello for guitar) was presented. But one need only compare the 1975 version of Lyonhead with the 1982 one to realize that a lot has happened since then.

Much closer to the new conception was the music, recorded in the spring of 1981, heard on "The John Lewis Album for Nancy Harrow" (Finesse FW 37681), which essentially introduced the John Lewis Group—the only differences being that Connie Kay was on drums, and that the ensemble's primary function was to provide a lovely framework for Nancy Harrow.

It was the artistic success of this venture that sparked the album at hand, and it is a pleasure to announce that the John Lewis Group will not confine its existence to the recording studios, but will perform live as well — and often, one hopes. The Group is already so well integrated and fine tuned and has achieved such a high level of empathy that it must take its place in the front ranks of jazz ensembles.

That should come as no surprise to anyone familiar with the work of John Lewis, which from the start has been synonymous with a very special kind of excellence in which creativity and craftsmanship—both of the highest order—combine with inspiration and elegance. In the world of jazz, the term composer is often misused and misunderstood. Suffice it to say that John Lewis is a composer in the truest sense and a true jazz composer. And a great player as well; a true improviser.

There is no conflict in Lewis between these roles. Rather, they complement each other and co-exist in perfect balance. Form and order serve as springboards for adventure, surprise and that sense of playfulness (the sense in which the great Dutch historian Johan Huizinga uses it: "Play casts a spell over us... it is invested with the noblest qualities we are capable of perceiv­ing in things: rhythm and harmony") without which there can be no true jazz... or real music.

The John Lewis Group at play is a joy to the ear and the heart. There is no striving for effects, no pretense; just pure music-making invested with unity of purpose. This is indeed a group-a unit—in which distinctive musical personalities come together without clashes of egos. For John Lewis is not only a great composer and instrumentalist, he is also a great leader.

He has chosen well. There are some established players here, to say the least. It is unlikely that any reader of these notes will need an introduction to Shelly Manne, one of the most accomplished and versatile percussionists in jazz, but it is worth noting that this, to the best of my knowledge, is his first recorded collaboration with Lewis. A case of instant rapport. Frank Wess, too, is justly famous as the man who, more than any other, established the flute in jazz. That he is also a more than accomplished composer-arranger surely does him no harm in this context (which, incidentally, is the most stimulating in which he has been heard of late).

Joe Kennedy, Jr. has, finally, become somewhat better known. Fine jazz violinists have always been scarce, and the instrument is not as fully appreciated in jazz circles as it deserves to be. Kennedy made his first records in 1945, worked and recorded with (and wrote for) Ahmad Jamal in the '50s (also making an album of his own that was a well-kept secret), and then settled in Rich­mond, Virginia where he is Supervisor of Music for the public school system and concert master of the local symphony. He also happens to be Benny Carter's cousin, and the great man recently coaxed him out into the jazz world again, taking him on tours to Japan and Europe and major U.S. festivals. Last year Kennedy was featured on a Billy Taylor album (the pianist, who worked for Eddie South and Stuff Smith, knows a good violinist when he hears one), and then on the aforementioned Nancy Harrow LP. I've been a fan of Joe's for many years, and think he's never been heard in a better setting than here.

Marc Johnson, the youngster of the group, was in Bill Evans's last trio—not a job for a beginner—and then with Stan Getz. He has also worked in a duo setting with John Lewis, who called him "one of the best I've ever played with'.' His work here bears out that judgment. We've come to take remarkable bassists for granted, but Marc Johnson will surprise you.

Howard Collins is one of the last of that rare and selfless breed, the willing rhythm guitarist. He performs this demanding but unsung task wonderfully well, but that's not all he can do, or is asked to do here. Howie's been around for a while, but not lately in such good company. 

The program here is a varied one, demonstrating the scope and range of John Lewis's composing and arranging gifts, and, not incidentally, the durability of his best pieces. Work of four decades is represented, but D&E, vintage 1951, sounds as fresh as the brand-new Kansas City Breaks. Perhaps that is because the eternal verities, not least among them melodic strength and grace, have always been foremost in Lewis's writing, but surely it is also because he has always been able, to a remarkable degree, to find fresh new ways to present his classics. (That's not the only thing John Lewis and Duke Ellington have in common; another might be a love for and profound understanding of the blues—form and content. There's a lot of blues here, in a lot of guises.)

Django is a case in point. Quite possibly the most famous Lewis piece, it was in the MJQ's repertoire for more than 20 years but never grew stale. It has been re-interpreted here with such imagination and freshness that it sounds delightfully new. It also serves to introduce some of the many textures, colors and nuances the group has at its disposal, for one instance, the combination of bowed bass, low violin and bottom flute that backs Lewis's stately recapitulation of the theme.

Sacha's March begins with Manne's distant parade drums, then the band comes into view. Shelly's extensive solo work reminds me of Zutty Singleton—it has that spirit. There are fine solos by Wess, still the flute master, and Kennedy, who enters a la Stuff Smith and swings as hard as that paragon of jazz fiddle. But the main event is the wonderful interplay.

Lyonhead, dedicated to Jimmy Lyons of Monterey fame, stems from the score to a documentary film, "Cities for People'.' The almost pointillist sections that frame the solos (by Lewis, spare, skipping and with a crystal sound; Kennedy, and Wess, the latter with brilliant Manne support) are out-of-tempo and through-composed, making for fine contrast with the lively, swinging improvisations.

Winter Tale, from the score for the 1962 film "A Milanese Story,' is a moody piece with a lovely melody, introduced by Kennedy with a gypsy feeling and exposed by Lewis and Wess. When Kennedy resumes in the lead, Wess dances around him. Eddie South would have loved Kennedy's closed statement.

Valeria, from the same film score, has a latinesque beat and feeling. Everybody is in splen­did form, and the rhythm section's work is outstanding. Manne builds a brushfire under Lewis, who gets into a characteristic double-time groove, and Johnson's lively bass lines are a joy. A unique touch is the flute-and-piano unison stuff behind the violin in the closing ensemble passages.

D and E is a sunny blues, beautifully scored — all the voices interwoven in what is essentially a feature for Marc Johnson, who, among other things, plays a terrific cadenza. There are witty solos by piano, violin and flute, and Collins's steady strum is in evidence.

Kansas City Breaks continues the happy mood and also has a prominent role for the bass, notably in an extended dialog, first with Wess, then with Lewis (whose ideas are charming here), punctuated by Shelly's triangle. Again, the voicings are lovely, including some three-way pizzicato activity. A masterpiece that affirms the living roots of jazz.

Milano, a pretty waltz composed in 1954, finds the piano in the spotlight, exposing the melody with serene dignity. Lewis the master accompanist is also in evidence, behind Wess's improvisa­tion on the theme. The flute and violin unison figures are yet another indication of the group's varied palette. A perfect closing to a splendid set.

The John Lewis Group is a bright new presence on the jazz scene. The high standards it has set for itself here are what one would expect from John Lewis, but nothing else about this music is predictable. It is very good to know that such music can still be made, for it proves that tradi­tion and innovation are not opposing forces. The message is clear and strong. Listen!

Dan Morgenstern, Director, Institute of Jazz Studies, Rutgers Univ. (1982)”

And no one writes more descriptively about music with words than the Dean of Jazz writers, Whitney Balliett who provided the insert notes to John Lewis’ Grand Encounter Pacific Jazz album [1217;Toshiba EMI CD – TOCJ-6115]. These follow Dan’s notes.

© -Whitney Balliett, copyright protected; all rights reserved.

“Nostalgia is cheap witchcraft. It is also an old looking glass, which reflects, however dimly, chairs that are chairs and light that is light. Thus, in jazz, where nostalgia often passes as critical judgment, there is frequently moist talk of Chick Webb and the Savoy Ballroom, of Bix Beiderbecke hammering out gorgeous metals in person that he never recorded, of Buddy Bolden stifl­ing the waters of Lake Ponchartrain. But these things are at least half true, and probably more. In the same fashion, it is more than half true that the area of jazz now most nostalgia-fixed - the years, roughly, between 1935-1945 - has proved re­markably durable.

In this period one hears, to be sure, chuffy rhythm sections, paralytic tempos, a sometimes thin and purposeless suavity, and instrumentalists who were more expert embellishers than improvisers. One also hears, though, an undated sweetness and inter­dependent relaxation and unhurry — where soloists were means and not ends — that produced in Billie Holiday's singing, Harry Edison's bellying trumpet, or Sid Catlett's majestic drumming, a kind of jazz that elevated artlessness to art. Much of the free lyricism that resulted has, for the present at any rate, gone out of jazz, which is, inevitably, busy with techniques. It can still be found, however, in the work of Coleman Hawkins, Roy Eldridge, Jo Jones, Ruby Braff, Teddy Wilson, and Count Basie, as well as among modernists like Gerry Mulligan, Stan Getz, Hank Jones, Joe Wilder, Joe Morello, and the Modern Jazz Quartet. (It can also be heard everywhere on this record,- which though modern in its overtones, is full of the old poetry; as a result, the record wears like Harris tweed, and is, perhaps, one of the great jazz records, which is not a liner-note puff but a subjective truth.)

Much of the musical success of the Modern Jazz Quartet, which is the most plausibly inventive group to appear since the Davis-Mulligan 1949 Capitol band, must be credited to John Lewis, its pianist and "musical director." For Lewis, a gentle, shy, bearded man in his mid-thirties, is an exceptional jazz com­poser. He is also a unique and invariably moving jazz pianist, a fact that few people have bothered with. Lewis' style is much like that of the late, underappreciated Clyde Hart. Basically, it is a single-note attack, supplemented by light chording or occa­sional melodic counter-figures in the left hand. His touch is sure and delicate, his ideas are disarmingly simple and honest. He has a rhythmic sense and enough technique to allow him easy freedom. One rarely hears an arpeggio — unless it is used func­tionally — or much block chording. Also, there is none of the metallic sweat so fashionable in the work of pianists like Hamp­ton Hawes and Horace Silver. Lewis, indeed, has a kind of dogged, floating quality in his playing; he seems to slide beneath, above, and around his materials - like, in a sense, the best of the New Orleans clarinetists-brightening them, deepening them with emotion, filling the chinks. In addition to being what amounts to a classical jazz soloist, Lewis is one of the few great supporting jazz pianists. (Lewis would never sanction the first statement; before he made this record, he had consistently refused to make a solo piano recording, feeling that jazz should be, as it is in the work of the MJQ, a collective expression.) Lewis, as a supportive pianist, again resembles Clyde Hart. (Listen to Hart behind Lionel Hampton's vocal on the latter's Victor record of "Confessin'" or his fill-ins around Lips Page's singing on the Savoy version of "Uncle Sam Blues." Then listen here to Lewis as he moves in beneath Jim Hall on the first bridge of "Skylark", and behind Bill Perkins in the first chorus of "Almost Like Being in Love.") Where most pianists simply supply cold, boring back­ground chords, Lewis like Jess Stacy, Hank Jones, or Billy Kyle, either plays an enfiring subordinate second line or chords that amplify or embroider purposely what is going on in front.

This record was made in one afternoon a few months ago in a small, empty theatre in Los Angeles. Largely an accident, it is composed of men — outside of the two teams of Lewis-Heath (the MJQ) and Hamilton-Hall (Hamilton's Quintet) -who or­dinarily do not work together or have not played together at all. As such, it is: like Armstrong's 'Knockin' a Jug", a "motherless" session. Some of the great jazz records have been motherless sessions: many of Lionel Hampton's pick-up sides made in the late Thirties on Victor; Red Norvo's Comet session in 1945 with Parker, Gillespie, Phillips, Teddy Wilson, and Slam Stewart; the Teddv Wilson-Harry James-John Simmons-Red Norvo "Just a Mood." The head arrangements were done on the spot by Lewis, who acted as musical overseer for the date, and also contributed the blues-original, "Two Degrees East — Three Degrees West", a charming, infectious figure that should be expanded into a work for the MJQ. Elsewhere, Lewis's touch is evident in the quiet tempos, the unstrained swinging, the overall, persuasive warmth.

Bill Perkins, who acts as a kind of co-leader here, was born in 1924 in San Francisco. He holds a B.A. from the University of CaliforniaSanta Barbara, and a degree in Electrical Engineer­ing from Cal. Tech. Although he has played with both Woody Herman and Stan Kenton, he has not been a full time profes­sional jazz musician much over five years. His style, at present, is an intelligent offshoot of the sunny drybones school of Lester Young and Stan Getz. It is a flowing, melodic approach that em­ploys few notes, a sense of languor, and a big, gentle tone. There is none of the hair-pulling, the bad tone, or the ugliness that is now a growing mode, largely in New York, among the work of the hard-bopsters like Sonny Rollins, Hank Mobely, and J. R. Montrose. His solos here on the blues, on "Easy Living", and "Love Me or Leave Me", are excellent lyrical tenor saxophone, and represent his best recorded work to date.

Jim Hall was born in New York and is twenty-five. He, too, has been a professional for only a few years. His style is remark­ably similar to that of Charlie Christian, especially in the direct way he strikes his notes, and in his practice of repeating certain single notes and simple figures. Some of the best modern guitar­ists have a tendency toward slipperiness and laciness. Hall, how­ever, gives each note weight, with such intent that his work occa­sionally has a kind of puggish, lumbering quality about it, which is not at all unpleasant.

Percy Heath, in comparison with Hall, is a veteran of thirty-three and is one of the soundest rhythm bassists in jazz, as well as a pleasing, unobtrusive soloist. (Some of the newer jazz bas­sists would make a full orchestra out of their instrument.)

Chico Hamilton, at thirty-five, is, with Shelly Manne and Joe Morello one of the few younger drummers who have absorbed the lessons of sprung drumming, as taught by Max Roach and Kenny Clarke, but at the same time have retained the purpose of the drummer as a sensitive, sympathetic supporter.

Most of the music here is self-explanatory. Of particular in­terest, however, are these items: the simple ingenuity of the first four choruses of "Two Degrees East — Three Degrees West," in which Perkins and Hall play a unison figure with spaced bass and tom-tom beats below them, are joined midway in the second chorus by Lewis, then drift into the background for the follow­ing two choruses while Heath solos; Lewis's appealing, yet al­most static, rendition of "I Can't Get Started"; the marvelously oblique, lazy-seeming piano introductions on "Love Me Or Leave Me" and "Almost Like Being in Love", which also has some dis­creet yet forceful solo brush work by Hamilton, mostly in ex­changes with Hall and Perkins; the way, in Perkins's third chorus in "Almost", Lewis picks up Perkins's last few bars before the bridge and repeats them throughout the bridge behind Perkins; all of "Love Me Or Leave Me", which is an almost perfect jazz recording.

None of the tempos here is above a fast walk. The loudest sound is Perkins's restrained tenor. The materials are traditional, the approach even a little old-fashioned. This is not, however, pursed chamber jazz, where the music blows lilies. Rather, it is full of the sort of understated power and inspiration that ran through so much of jazz ten or fifteen years ago, which is a blessed event.”

We thought it might be fitting to close this piece on John Lewis with the following YouTube which uses the arrangement of Django that appears on The Modern Jazz Society Presents a Concert of Contemporary Music [MG N -1040; Verve 314 559 827-2]. Richard Cook and Brian Morton awarded it a “Crown” designation as an recording deserving of special merit and offered this review in their Penguin Guide to Jazz on CD, 6th Ed.:

“One of the great forgotten masterpieces of the 1950s, this brilliant date is still available only as a limited-edition reissue in Verve Connoisseur Edition. Collectors are advised to snap up any copies they see, although it’s disgraceful that this classic should not be more easily available. The Modern Jazz Society was an initiative by Lewis and [Gunther] Schuller to present new works and new arrangements, broadly in the “Third Stream” vein which Schuller encouraged. Lewis was only the supervisor of the original LP, but new discoveries -  … - find him at the piano.

The five principal pieces are all Lewis compositions, and they are among the finest treatments of “Little David’s Fugue,” “Django,” and “The Queen’s Fancy,” ever set down.” Django, with its final coda taken at the stately pace of a cortege, is so bewitching that it can silence a room.” [p. 903]





Enrico Pieranunzi, Part 1-3 Complete

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.

The introduction to this feature is dated and needs to be re-written because four years have elapsed since it was first posted as a three-part feature in June, 2015.

In the intervening four years, Enrico has issued a number of new recordings in various formats, including some with vocalists, which have recently found their way into the JazzProfiles collection.

While these are under review to be presented as a future Part 4 to this overview of Enrico and his music, I have combined the first three parts into a single feature for those readers who may have missed the earlier segments and for me to have an all-in-one place reference point for expanding this piece on Enrico.




“The much-discussed “globalization” of jazz is not always apparent down here on the ground. Take Italy, for instance. It boasts arguably the strongest jazz scene outside the United States, yet most American jazz fans would be challenged to name three Italian jazz musicians.

Enrico Pieranunzi … was schooled in classical piano from early childhood. … His discovery of jazz as a teenager led to a piano style in which jazz and classical languages are unconsciously and organically interwoven. “I love Bach like I love Bill Evans. I love Mozart like I love Paul Bley. For me, piano music is piano music,” says Pieranunzi. He is largely self-taught in improvisation, and speaks of learning to “decode” jazz by studying Erroll Garner records. His single most important influence was Chet Baker, with whom he played frequently in the ’80s.

“Chet and I exchanged maybe 10 words in all the years I knew him,” Pieranunzi says. “We never talked about anything but the titles of songs. Before I met Baker I had been a very extroverted player. But Chet played so few notes—only the essential ones. He was so melodic that he helped me learn something very difficult: to make the piano sing.”

- Thomas Conrad JazzTimes



“The Italian is an elegant performer and an often unexpected composer, a storyteller who very seldom lapses into abstractions. His piano style is a hybrid of Bill Evans and Herbie Hancock, with boppish accents that recall Bud Powell rather than Monk. … He uses all the ground-breaking modern discoveries in modality, rhythm and the broadening of pianistic devices to his own ends.”
Richard Cook and Brian Morton, The Penguin Guide to Jazz on CD, 6th Ed. [p. 1197].

Regular visitors to JazzProfiles may recall a series of features that ran on the blog that were comprised of excerpts from Italian Jazz pianist Enrico Pieranunzi’s book about the late Jazz pianist Bill Evans entitled: Bill Evans: Ritratto d’artista con pianoforte/Bill Evans: The Pianist as an Artist.


For those of you who may have missed this piece, it ran as a 6-part series and can be found in the Blog Archives beginning under February 6, 2009 and appearing on consecutive weeks until ending on March 13, 2009. You can revisit via the above link or by clicking here.

Ever since this series of Pieranunzi-on-Evans, the editorial staff at JazzProfiles has been grappling with a way to get its arms around this articulate musician-cum-writer’s extensive career in order to present it to the readers of the blog with some semblance or order and coherence.

Not including his appearances on other albums and with a discography of close to 80 recordings under his own name, attempting to write a feature on this extraordinary musician is a daunting challenge.

With this in mind, while the following feature on Enrico Pieranunzi may not represent success in this quest, it is at least a start.


Born in Rome on December 5, 1949, Enrico Pieranunzi’s development as a Jazz artist has much in common with that of his contemporary, Michel Petrucciani, the late French, Jazz pianist.

Both began studying piano at an early age: Petrucciani at the age of four and Pieranunzi at the age of five; each urged on by fathers who were guitarists. 

Both were classically trained for many years and, as a consequence, developed a style of playing that fused classical technique with Jazz.

Early in their careers, each fell heavily under the spell of, and worked in the harmonic tradition of pianist Bill Evans, and each developed into pianists of considerable technical ability who matured out from under the weight of Evans’ influence to find their own voice.

Both Enrico and Michel performed with a whole host of Jazz luminaries during the formative and later stages of their careers: Petrucciani with the likes of Clark Terry, Charles Lloyd, Lee Konitz, Wayne Shorter, Jim Hall, Dave Holland, Tony Williams, Eddy Louiss, Stephane Grappelli while Pieranunzi has performed with, among others, Frank Rosolino, Sal Nistico, Kenny Clarke, Johnny Griffin, Chet Baker, Joey Baron, Art Farmer, Jim Hall, Marc Johnson, Lee Konitz, Phil Woods, Charlie Haden, Mads Vinding, and Billy Higgins
.


“When Chet decided that we should play a particular piece it was because at that moment he needed exactly that piece to express himself. For him each piece was a living thing he would return to again and again and whose features, whether happy or sad, he rediscovered every time. He knew the lyrics to almost all of the titles we played, the stories they contained, and in his performances he revived those stories. … His ear was extraordinary, as was his ability to force the audience into listening to what his trumpet and his voice had to say.”
 – Enrico Pieranunzi

Although both Pieranunzi and Petrucciani primarily favor the piano-bass-drums trio format, each has had their original compositions arranged for small group: Both Worlds, a sextet album that features Petrucciani’s works arranged by Bob Brookmeyer and Don’t Forget the Poet on which Pieranunzi arranged his own tunes for a quintet featuring Bert Joris on trumpet and flugelhorn and Stefano D’Anna on soprano and alto saxophones.

Pieranunzi issued his first LP in 1975. Since then, he has performed widely with his own group at European and American jazz festivals and in a variety of European Jazz clubs.

His recorded work falls basically into three categories:

[1] as accompanist with others such as Art Farmer, Chet Baker and Phil Woods,
[2] as the leader of various piano-bass-drums-trio configurations and his own instrumental groups and in
[3] his solo piano recordings and his of recorded homages to Italian film composers.


Among pianists working in the harmonic tradition of the late Bill Evans, Enrico Pieranunzi has achieved a rare individuality, bringing an unrivaled sense of line and sheer sonority to the style.

Along with the advanced harmonic language, Pieranunzi belongs to what has been described as a native bel canto tradition that extends to classical pianists as brilliant as Arturo Benedetti Michelangeli and Maurizio Pollini and film composers like Nino Rota and Enrico Morricone, both of whom he has performed with on a number of well-known Italian movies.

Enrico’s teaching experience, in jazz and in classical music, is also noteworthy. He has served as a full professor of piano at the “Conservatorio di Musica” in Frosinone. His latest CD is dedicated to the music of Domenico Scarlatti, which not surprisingly combines jazz improvisation with classical music.

Given the immense size of his discography, perhaps a starting point might be some of the albums that he has made with two of modern Jazz’s most prominent figures; Art Farmer and Phil Woods.

And, just as a point in passing, although it may be difficult to obtain, Phil Woods’ playing on PHIL’S MOOD [Philology W 27-2] is in our opinion some of the best that he has ever recorded.


Isis  [Soul Note 121021-2]

“1949 wasn't necessarily a special year for Art Farmer. He had already been gone from his hometown of PhoenixArizona for a few years, and - although still only 21 - had been back and forth between Los Angeles and New York with such bands as Horace Handerson, Floyd Ray, Johnny Otis, and Benny Carter.

1949 was a very special year for Enrico Pieranunzi. It was the year he was born.

Yet, despite the "generation gap" in their ages, and despite the distance from Rome, Italy to Pine Bluffs, Iowa (where Art Farmer first saw the light of day), Art Farmer and Enrico Pieranunzi are very much soul mates. They both have their roots in bebop, they both are cracker-jack soloists at all tempos, and they both have unashamedly wide romantic streaks in their playing. This album may be named after the Egyptian goddess of the moon, but there is plenty of sunshine in this collection of three bebop anthems, three Pieranunzi originals, and a couple of pop standards, and more than several bolts of lightning.” – Lee Jeske, 1981 insert notes

“Art Farmer’s always lyrical, inviting flugelhorn fit nicely into this quartet and quintet setting matching him with an Italian ensemble. They covered standards, such bop anthems as Dizzy Gillespie's "Blue 'N' Boogie" and Charlie Parker "Ah-Leu-Cha," plus Pieranunzi originals "Little Moon" and the title track. Pieranunzi's light, enticing piano phrases made a nice contrast with Farmer's effortless, shimmering solos, while bassist Furio Di Castri and drummer Roberto Gatto handled rhythm details smoothly, and special guest Massimo Urbani chipped in with vigorous alto sax solos on three cuts. A solid, often delightful session.” – Ron Wynn, review in allmusic.com

-          

PHIL’S MOOD [Philology W 27-2]

“There are many people who consider Philip Wells Woods to be the finest alto saxophonist alive. But sadly that is no­wadays less of a tribute than it might seem: after all, most of the great ones are dead. Parker, of course; Stitt; Cannon-ball; Art Pepper; Paul Desmond; Willie Smith; and the inef­fable Hodges. Of those that remain, Benny Carter is still as good as ever in his 80s; Jackie McLean and Ornette Cole-man continue to delight; and then there is a heartening num­ber of young players, amongst whom Briton Chris Hunter, Austrialian Ray Swinfield and American Richie Cole have gi­ven this writer very considerable pleasure. But the field is a shrunken one, compared to the glorious days of jazz. So I must make a further declaration, more contentious but I believe properly in keeping with Woods' stature. He is, quite simply, one of the best altoists ever; and one of the most pleasing things about jazz during the last ten years or so has been the long-overdue emer­gence of Phil as an undoubted heavyweight who — at last — has been given regular and sympathetic opportunities to record.


For there was a time when it seemed to me that Phil would probably be chiefly known as one of the jazz world's best, and largely unsung, side-men. Despite early promise as a leader for Prestige (Woodlore, in particular) his recorded work was predominantly that of a guest or ensemble player. One thinks of the magnificent Monk Town Hall Concert; his important role in Benny Carter's Further Definitions, alongsi­de Benny, Charlie Rouse and Coleman Hawkins at his most imperious; and several splen­did Quincy Jones dates where Phil's contribution was vibrantly central. Above all, there are the albums Phil made as part of the orchestra of his close friend Oliver Nelson — The Jazzhattan SuiteMore Blues And The Abstract Truth and Full Nelson come most readily to mind. Less happily, one also recalls that the majority of his staple studio work was a waste of his prodigious gifts. Most days would see him asked to record an hour's worth of assorted Jingles and TV commercials; and although his artistry was properly employed on a few Jimmy Smith dates, most of his other jazz-oriented session work was ephemeral, merely a part of the anonymously stellar line-up with which Verve's 60s boss Creed Taylor saw fit to pad out the work of Wes Montgomery, Cal Tjader and other. And as David Waddington points out in an illuminating essay on Woods (Jazz Journal International, June 1989), the only album Phil cut in America during this period was the "infamous" Greek Cooking for Impulse, which the altoist has since dismissed as an "unadulterated gimmick".


The 1960s were thus a time of frustration and disillusionment for Woods, and precipitated his emigration to Paris. His reasons were chiefly musical ones, although he had also become disenchanted with many aspects of the American system, not least in the way it threatened his part-Negro stepson. He left America in 1968, and almost at once his fortunes impro­ved. He completed a memorable engagement at Ronnie Scott's in London, and shortly afterwards founded the cele­brated "Phil Woods and His European Rhythm Machine". They recorded a great deal; all of their work is excellent, but I'd particularly commend the Live At Montreux 72 album (Pier­re Cardin STEC 131) and the Birth of the ERM (Philology 214-W-16/17): the latter is notable for the range of material and catholicity of musical invention. And this European re­nascence gradually rekindled American interest in Phil's work. He cut the magnificent Musique Du Bois for Muse in 1974 in New York, and since then has recorded regularly on both sides of the Atlantic. Of his most recent work, Phi­lology's three-album set The Macerata Concert with long-term confrere Mike Melillo on piano perhaps deserves pride of place, although Denon's Gratitude, with trumpeter Tom Harrel and pianist Hal Galper, is har­dly less fine.

Of course, choosing favorite records is a wholly subjective activity; what is a matter of objective fact is Woods' towering stature amongst today's jazz artists. It's been a long time a-coming, maybe; let it continue for at least as long. This album teams Phil with Italy's award winning Space Jazz Trio, who made the exquisite Little Girl Blue with Chet Baker in March 1988 (Phi­lology 214-W-21).


In 1990 the prestigious Italian jazz maga­zine, Musica Jazz, voted them Italy's 'Best Group'; furthermore, leader Enrico Pieranunzi took the 'Best Musi­cian' spot. Enrico is not only a very fine pianist; he is also a notable composer. All the tunes on this album are his, with the exception of bassist Enzo Pietropaoli's Upstairs, and they show that his pulsating lyricism as a player is beautifully com­plemented by a muscular sense of form and feel for melody when it come to writing. In addition, both as accompanist and composer, there can be few musicians so instinctively sympathetic to Woods' multifaceted art. The set gets off to a richly satisfying start with New Lands.

The theme is quintessentially boppish in style and feel, arpeggio-based and semi-chromatic, and Woods tears into it as to the manner born, his torrential solo a celebration of all that is finest in bop, although the harmonies are frequently modernized. Enrico deftly slows down the pace at the start of his solo before launching into a coruscating reading that, while recalling Bud Powell and Chick Corea, reveals a mature and independent piano voice. Then piano and alto merge in a thrilling contrapuntal cadenza before closing the piece with rhapsodic intensity. To these ears, the second take is both smoother and even more enterprising. For two choruses Phil wails over Pietropaoli's bass before the piano rejoins, and underpinned by the trio's fiery brilliance Phil es­says a solo even more authoritative than on the first take. The arrangement remains essentially the same, however, and listeners have a fascinating opportunity to hear the art of improvisation in raw practice — and of course to make up their own minds which one they prefer!


The CD then allows us Night Bird. Its theme is accessible but haunting; it is also decidedly bluesy, and the quartet are soon to be found digging into its muscular sequences with raunchy power. Phil's solo builds in intensity before Enrico explores his fine composition with delicacy and sprung tension. A warmly cogent bass solo gives way to an exchange of fours between Woods and Kramer, and the piece ends in arrestingly 'suspended' fashion. Chet is a deeply felt tribute to Mr. Baker in which Enrico Pieranunzi perfectly evokes the trumpeter's amalgam of tough lyricism and delica­te power. The theme is adventurous, flowing, suitably threnodic, and alto, piano and bass take superb solos. Back to bop's core with Phil's Mood, urgent in theme and fiery in exploration. The same kind of virtuosity from all four men that characterizes New Lands is on hand again — a celebration of Parker-Gillespie Inc.'s bounteous gift to music which is nevertheless entirely con­temporary in its harmonic imagination. And listen for Phil's concluding glissando — it's really so­mething! All great jazz musicians have an instinctive sense of programming; and after the molten power of New Lands Phil offers us the tenderly contrasting Blue Ballad, unquestionably one of the album's high spots. It is a ravishing melody which Phil milks with love and profound under­standing: indeed, this performance exemplifies Phil's rare ability to captivate utterly while just playing the melody — a characteristic he shares with Hodges, Rollins, Getz and Webster. His long silky lines are quietly devastating, and his gorgeous solo is enhanced by Enrico's outing, full of grace and sensuality. Woods is rightly feted as a ballad player, and I find this track definitive in its reverent melodiousness and understated passion.

Enzo Pietropaoli's Upstairs, like New Lands, offers two intriguingly contrasting takes. Again, the second is perhaps the more assured, retaining the first's cooking excitement while achieving a greater integration and serene authority. The theme is angular yet melodic, and establishes Enzo as a composer of promise. Finally, the set's loveliest tune, Hindsight, finds Phil on clarinet. His exquisite tone and the fluid purity of his lines makes one wish that he featured himself more often on the instrument than he does — except then we'd be robbed of some of that glorious alto. Ah well, one can't have everything — even on this album.”

-Richard Palmer 1991

Staff writer, Jazz Journal International; contributor, Musica Jazz; author of Oscar Peterson (Spell-mount, 1984) and Stan Getz (Apollo, 1988).



Elsa [Philology W 206-2]

PHIL WOODS / ENRICO PIERANUNZI "ELSA " (the Ferrara, Sala Estense, concert - July 31, 1991)

"’I have been on tour now for two weeks with what I consider one of the finest pianists in the world,’ Phil Woods proudly explained to the packed and captivated audience which had assembled in Ferrara, Italy, in July 1991 to witness one of his rare European appearances.


The subject of this generous and richly-deserved testimonial was Enrico Pieranunzi, leader of Italy's premier small jazz group, the immensely talented Space Jazz Trio. For one splendid and unforgettable fortnight that summer, Italian jazz fans were treated to a short series of duet and quartet performances featuring Phil, Enrico and the two remaining members of Space Jazz, Enzo Pietropaoli on bass, and Roberto Gatto on drums. The duet album you are about to hear, and its companion album, Phil Woods and the Space Jazz Trio Live at the Corridonia Festival (Philology W 211.2), comprise an invaluable documentary of this truly memorable season. We are indebted to Phil's great supporter and admirer, Paolo Piangiarelli, not only for organizing the tour, but for ensuring that so much of the marvelous music produced by Phil and the Space Jazz Trio has been made available to a wider listening audience.

‘Out of this world!’ was Paolo's understandably proud and enthusiastic description of this musical collaboration between two of his closest friends. Certainly it seems like a pairing made in heaven. A month prior to this date; Woods had participated in another outstanding duet recording for piano and saxophone - the ravishing Flowers for Hodges session with Jim McNeely (Concord, CCD - 4485). The handsome and professorial-looking Pieranunzi had also taken part in a recent succession of highly acclaimed duet recordings for the Philology label, including a ballad album with the legendary trumpeter, Chet Baker in 1988 (The Heart of the Ballad -Philology W 20.2, Chet's last studio album), and a studio session alongside another great American alto player, Lee Konitz in 1989 (Solitudes -Philology W 28.2).


Add to these credentials the fact that Woods and Pieranunzi had worked together previously on the excellent Phil's Mood [Philology W 27.2] 1990 album [see below], which united the saxophonist with the Space Jazz Trio, and it becomes easy to appreciate how they were capable of achieving such rare musical compatibility. From the jaunty, confident opening bars of Have You Met Miss Jones? Woods' opulent, lucid alto playing is superbly complemented by the intelligent lyricism of his partner. It soon becomes evident that while Pieranunzi's uniquely variegated style defies obvious comparison; his playing is occasionally redolent of some of Phil Woods' all-time favorite pianists, such as Bud Powell and Bill Evans.

Woods' hot, glowing sound is as spellbinding as ever arid, even on this opening track there are appetizing signs of the empathy and understanding which pervades the entire album. The American's wonderful solo on the second track, September Song, ranks alongside his finest ballad performances. The alto is attractively underpinned by delicate work from Pieranunzi whose own extended solo is cascading and effusive-a musical waterfall. Night Bird is quite simply a jazz masterpiece. Robust and energetic, it boasts some glorious musical interplay between two mature talents playing at the pinnacle of their abilities. The beautiful Elsa contains suitably moving contributions by both men. A smoothly executed segue then transports the audience into Someday My Prince Will Come, easily the lightest and most relaxed piece on the album, and one on which Pieranunzi plays with characteristic eloquence and virtuosity. The harrowing Goodbye Mr. Evans is delivered in faltering, heart-rending style by Woods, his occasional paroxysms of anguish suddenly flowering into a brief, show-stopping cadenza. Then just as instantly, the tune is transformed into Willow Weep For Me, a piece of unremitting creativity by both men. You and the Night and the Music feature Woods at his smoothest and most buoyant -a latter-day Johnny Hodges, while the album's final piece, Chet, is Enrico Pieranunzi's beautiful, gossamer-winged tribute to the beloved trumpet star. Deft and disarming from its outset, the tune grows progressively tenderer, eventually reaching an intensely poignant climax. The music on this album conclusively supports the claims of those people who regard Phil Woods as the finest alto saxophonist of his generation. If there is any justice, it will also guarantee Enrico Pieranunzi the international recognition his talents undoubtedly deserve. I doubt whether you will hear a finer and more satisfying musical collaboration all year. Let us hope that it is merely the first of many more between them.”

Dr David Waddington (Sheffield, UK, May 1992)

The following video features Italian Jazz pianist Enrico Pieranunzi performing his original composition "Ein li Milim" [  Hebrew for "I Don't Have The Words"] with bassist Luca Bulgarelli and drummer Walter Paoli.



Alto saxophonist Phil Woods performing pianist Enrico Pieranunzi's composition "New Lands" which also features Enirco on piano with Enzo Pietropaoli [b] and Alfred Kramer [d].




© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


“Writing words and composing music have something intangible in common: shaping a sentence is not so far from tracing the outline of a melody. It has to have song-quality, musicality and feeling. In a melody as in a story, the choice of a word or a note, their placement or movement has enormous impact and consequences.”

- Enrico Pieranunzi


“A melody has powerful narrative potential. One of the great mysteries of music is the possibility of breathing life into a story without needing to use words. It's as if the melody had its own silent words that turn it into a song. But in order to get there you have to completely abandon yourself to it, and in this Bill Evans was clearly a master. It is no easy thing to make the piano sing the way he was able to.”

 - Enrico Pieranunzi

What is it about Jazz groups in general, and piano-bass-drum trios specifically, that finds them constantly and continually changing personnel?

One frequent explanation given by the leaders who form and reform such groups is that by listening to how “other voices” [i.e. Jazz musicians] go about shaping the music through their singular approach to improvisation, it helps to keep their own inventiveness fresh and their creative edge sharp.

From my own experience, I found performing with different musicians to be fun because one hasn’t previously heard what they “have to say” or the way in which their going to “say it”.  This newness of association provides a sense of adventure in the process of making music together.

What is also very satisfying is to return to working with musicians that one has performed with in the past and to hear what’s new and different in their playing as they have continued to grow and develop in the music.

All of these generalizations are apparent in the recorded work of Enrico Pieranunzi, particularly in his trio work which, judging by the preponderance of the recordings he’s made using bass & drums, would appear to be his favorite musical setting.

Perhaps the reason for the prevalence of Pieranunzi trio recordings can be summed-up in the following excerpt from Wim van Eyle’s insert notes to Enrico’s New Lands trio recording [Timeless CD SJP 211]:


“One of the most enjoyable of all Jazz forms is the piano trio: three is an ideal number for improvising together with great possibilities of interplay within the trio. If there are stylistic boundaries they can be crossed and passed at all times, the trio format is an ideal format, a start point for superb Jazz playing”

Recorded in 1984, New Lands finds Enrico in the company of bassist Marc Johnson and drummer Joey Baron. Although, Pieranunzi performs with a variety of bassists and drummers over the ensuing 25 years, he keeps returning to Johnson and Baron as his trio of preference.

Yet, as noted previously, each time these three old friends are reunited, their bond or “chemistry” becomes stronger which makes it possible for them to seek out more adventurous expressions of The Art of the Trio.

Interlaced during the intervening years, we find Enrico in the company of bassists Charlie Haden, Hein van de Gein, Piero Leveratto, Enzo Pietropaoli and drummers Billy Higgins,  André Dédé Ceccarelli, Roberto Gatto, Fabrizio Sferra, among a host of others. Talk about keeping one’s skills sharp through working in a variety of musical situations!

Here are reviews by Nat Hentoff, Art Lange and Thierry Quenum to further acquaint you with Pieranunzi and his music from other perspectives.


Deep Down [Soul Note 121121-2]

“There are jazz pianists who have a wondrous abundance of technique, but aren't saying much of anything except: ‘Look how fast and daring I am!’ And there are jazz pianists who sound as if they really should have been percussionists. Their music is often arresting, but they illuminate only a part of the piano. Then there are the jazz pianists who are full of feeling but whose ideas have been borrowed from other much more original musicians so that you're actually hearing an anthology rather than an individual statement.

On the other hand, there are jazz pianists not too many in any generation - who, first of all, know the piano. All of it, with both hands. And they get sounds from the piano that can only come from a loving awareness of the full potential of that orchestral instrument. Bill Evans was one such player, as was Teddy Wilson; and others have included Luckey Roberts, Duke Ellington (especially for those who heard him playing for himself at dances before all the sidemen were in place), and Mary Lou Williams.

These pianistic pianists have also been characterized by a deeply, ardently, romantically lyrical sound and conception. They are not afraid of sensibility, but they do not confuse sensibility with sentimentality. And this kind of pianist is also characterized by a flowing, unerring sense of time. They swing deep and hard without making a loud show of how deep and hard they are swinging.


When I first heard this album by Enrico Pieranunzi, what struck me most forcefully was the wholeness of his music. I mean it all fits - the ideas, the remarkably deep and full sound he gets from the piano, and the romantic impulse. Some very good players tend to leave loose ends - in structure or in articulation or in their play of colors. Pieranunzi's performances, though improvised, appear in retrospect to have been born as complete compositions.

With regard to sound, note should also be taken of the work here of bassist Marc Johnson. He has played with, among others, Bill Evans and Stan Getz, and like them, Johnson has a connoisseur's devotion to sound. Not sound in and of itself, but as one of the key elements of telling a story.

Also convinced of the subtle power of mesmeric sound is young drummer Joey Baron who reveals here how closely he listens to his associates. And as he listens, he knows how best to shade and sculpt the beat behind them.

All of them, but particularly Pieranunzi because of the scope of his instrument - are skilled at dynamics, the nuances and subtle dramas inherent in the management of volume. With this particular skill, along with his other attributes, Pieranunzi - for all his taste for lyricism - can be intensely exciting. He knows how to build tension, then build some more, and then how to make the resolution of those tensions dramatically satisfying. …

Clearly, Pieranunzi is a complete musician and, in terms of jazz, both as a composer and pianist, his work is continually, satisfyingly clear. He does not clutter up his scores or his improvising with technical excesses. He knows what he wants to say, and he knows how to say it exactly. There aren’t too many creators of whom that can be said.”  - Nat Hentoff 1987


First Song [Soul Note] 121222-2]

“Pieranunzi is a multi-dimensional musician … [and] as the music here so lucidly demonstrates; Pieranunzi is a luminously lyrical pianist with a constant flow of idea and corollary colors that is the source of continuous pleasure. He is not a sentimentalist. These are clear clean lines that are not weighed down with bathos or false dramatics. This is music, not posturing.

In his solos, moreover, Pieranunzi builds the kind of quality of designs that have a powerful inner logic and appear, in retrospect, to have been inevitable. None of his notes or phrases are superfluous.

And, most basic for jazz, Pieranunzi can swing – crisply and surely. But in those tempos, he remains his lyrical self. His music swings. …” – Nat Hentoff 1990
  

Seaward [Soul Note 121272-2]

“Some jazz musicians are acrobats, others are lumberjacks, some are scientists and still others mimes (going through the motions with nothing to say). But only a few are artists. I've come to believe that Enrico Pieranunzi is one. With each new recording he releases, more proof is added to the positive side of the ledger. And this new trio date, where he is ably assisted by Hein Van de Geyn and Andre Ceccarelli, provides some of the most convincing, evidence of all.

An artist is not necessarily one who has a complete vision in his or her mind's eye, but rather is alert to the peculiarities and possibilities of the moment, who can adapt and alter their material in response to changing conditions, and who can discover transcendent properties in the ongoing process of the creative act. In jazz, where improvisation affords a fundamental tension between the known and the unknown, form and meaning are often derived spontaneously and simultaneously. It takes artistry to decipher coherent form from mere formula, and meaning from conventional content. Such artistry requires more than talent or craft, it demands a heightened awareness of the impossible and the willingness to make it real.

Pieranunzi is an artist of lyrical nature and classical design. Technically, at the keyboard he commands a satin tone and a sensual touch - you can almost feel his fingers sliding across the keys, the way you can sometimes feel the barely visible brush strokes in an Impressionist painting. But equally important is his individual sense of perspective, the attitude that illuminates his music. Whether the piece is an original or a standard tune, one gets the feeling that he is never just playing - or even interpreting - the song, but composing it on the spot. In so doing he reveals latent meanings, hidden relationships, and psychological suggestions in the twists and turns of melody and often surprising harmonic colors he explores.


This impression of rare moods and elusive feelings is enhanced in this case by his chosen repertoire, and the titles allude to an atmosphere of romance and mystery - footprints, dreams, memories, last night, yesterdays, key words, and rhapsodies. The music emerges in various ways, at times in a conversational mode, elsewhere in a contemplative or melancholy mood. Though he is especially sensitive to the subtle pressures of rhythm or tempo, and how they can effect the story he is telling, the pianist takes unexpected paths, shows us surprising scenery, even where we thought we knew the terrain. Notice the way he forcefully interposes "But Not For Me" at first in an uncomfortable harmony and up-tempo, though the tune is commonly done as a dirge.

"Yesterdays," too, usually sung as a lament, here flows from familiarity to fantasy, held together on a sinew of determination.

Not everything is soft focus and intimation. When the trio builds up a head of steam, as in "Footprints," they retain their equilibrium; everything remains in balance and proportion. There's never a sense of strain or undue effort. The segue from "This Is For You" to "But Not For Me" is the result of a confidence that is based not upon instrumental facility but conceptual prowess, oblivious to risk. Similarly, the poised, almost Chopinesque playing in "L'heure Oblique" belies not only its atmospheric title (conjuring visions worthy of Magritte, de Chirico, or Ernst) but the ominous left hand ostinato on which the melody teeters over a precipice. Though the melodic curves of "Straight To The Dream" may cause us to question the perspicacity of the title, the trio's bounce and gracefully gradual acceleration provide a firm sense of direction. And if "Seaward" and "What You Told Me Last Night," the pair of modest, Schubertian soliloquies which frame the program, contain, at least for me, the most moving moments of this hour, it is due to Pieranunzi's ability to heighten the impact and imagery of his material with the most subtle phrasing imaginable.”


Artistry comes in many forms and styles. Not every artist works with the epic canvas or the grand gesture. In a world where drama is daily presented to us on a global scale, where our psyche is bombarded with ever larger and louder sensory overload, it becomes more and more difficult to discern the subtlety and nuance of the small scale artist, to recognize the individual personality of the pianist who whispers instead of shouts. It is no diminishment of one's powers or imagination to work in an intimate setting. And the rewards may be all that much greater, if we can remind ourselves to listen closely, and to appreciate what we hear.” [Emphasis, mine]

-Art Lange, December 1995

In 2001, Pieranunzi was recorded in performance by the Holland-based Challenge label with his old friends bassist Hein van de Gein and drummer André Dédé Ceccarelli. The occasion was a concert at the “Le Duc Des Lombards” that took place on April 21, 22, 24 – 2001.

Released in 2005 as the 2-CD set Live in Paris [Challenge CHR 70126], here’s what Thierry Quenum had to say about the music performed at that concert by Pieranunzi, van De Geyn and Ceccarelli in the insert notes that he prepared for the album:


“In this beginning of the XXIst century jazz has reached, in Europe, the remark­able status of a music considered both as an art and a superior form of enter­tainment, far better accepted and respected than in its native USA. Besides, it is often played by European musicians with a level of fluency and creativity that rivals and sometimes surpasses that of many « native speakers ». Enrico Pieranunzi, Hein Van de Geyn and Andre "Dede" Ceccarelli - each of them born in a European country where jazz flourishes - are three prominent exam­ples of this phenomenon.

Pieranunzi, a classically trained pianist - who even taught classical piano for a long time, parallel to his career as a jazz musician and a third activity in film music (notably for his fellow citizen, composer Ennio Morricone) - was initial­ly influenced by Charlie Parker, Bill Evans, Martial Solal or the French Impressionists before developing his own style: typically Italian, but also a model for most younger European pianists, and deeply respected by the likes of American pianist and singer Patricia Barber, along with all lovers of lushly carved melodies, rich harmonies, and poetic piano touch. Few musicians are able, like him, to play as well with Americans like Lee Konitz, Marc Johnson or Paul Motian, and with Europeans like Enrico Rava, Philip Catherine or Bert van den Brink.

For this new trio venture Pieranunzi has chosen a first class European rhythm pair, with whom he already recorded in studio 10 years ago: Hein Van de Geyn and "Dede" Ceccarelli. Besides being world famous specialists of their instru­ment, these two know each other very well, since they played for years behind Dee Dee Bridgewater. Of course, their empathy is a key aspect of this trio, the last of many that Pieranunzi has led, and already one of the best, all the more since it was captured live in one of the most famous Paris jazz clubs.

The repertoire that the trio has chosen includes some Pieranunzi composi­tions, but is mostly based on classic and modern standards, delineating a broad field of action that shows how much these musicians embrace jazz with arms and hearts wide open. It also gives indications on the level of their mas­tery of the idiom: it takes a great deal of talent and seasoning to be able to ride one more time - and with a fresh vision - the chord changes of staple tunes like "Footprints" or "Body & Soul".

Pieranunzi, Van de Geyn and Ceccarelli, most listeners of this CD will realize, form a "European Dream Team" of a trio, that is bound to convince audiences 'round the world, thanks to their musicianship and to the level of interaction they develop. It is clear that today Europe has definitely become the second continent of jazz."

With the 1999 release of Don’t Forget the Poet on the Holland-based Challenge Records [CHR 70065], Enrico would continue his pattern of periodically selecting a number of his compositions and scoring them for horns in a small group.  On this occasion, he arranged eleven [11] of his tunes, including such favorites as Persona, Hindsight and Seaward for a quintet that included Belgian trumpet and flugelhorn player, Bert Joris, fellow Italian Stefano d’Anna on soprano and tenor saxophones, and Dutchmen Hein van de Geyn on bass and Hans van Oosterhout on drums.

Michael Nastos prepared this review of the recording for the All Music Guide:

“Heard in solo and trio sessions prior, here's a quintet recording for pianist/composer Pieranunzi that reflects the Euro-landscape ECM sound so familiar to fans of Keith Jarrett, but especially to Kenny Wheeler enthusiasts.

Bert Joris on trumpet and flugelhorn is largely responsible for this sound, but saxophonist Stefano d'Anna mixes and matches every brassy move with his own serene musings. Bassist Hein Van de Geyn is more present as the producer of the date than as a bassist, while drummer Hans von Oosterhout rounds out this rather together ensemble.

Of these 11 pieces penned by the leader, two are influenced by samba. Wheeler's lyricism with d'Anna's soprano identifies "Persona," and a hotter rhythm sets up a repeated simple-song motif with d'Anna's tenor on "Child of the Real & Ideal." There are several waltzes: the sweet "Coralie" perfectly marries tenor and flugelhorn; "Time's Passage" goes more soulful and slightly contemplative; "A Nameless Gate" is easygoing and most Wheeler-like; and "Hindsight" has "Cry Me a River" underpinnings.

The best swinger is the boppish "Newsbreak" with distinct but loose bass inferences. Joris really shines as an individualist on flugelhorn for the ballad "With a Song in My Heart," as well as on trumpet for the two-note accents and slightly overblown solo during "It Speaks for Itself." Most reflective of its name, the true-tone poem title track sports gossamer-thin, fragile thematic segments, mostly in a processional 6/8.

The finale "Seaward" is deeper with minimalist piano, impressionistic soaring horns and bass, and the most European/ECM-like stance. This music no doubt emphasizes beauty over swing and tonal lyricism over blues connotations. It compacts improvisation within a natural, wooden framework, and overall, amounts to quite a pleasant effort.”

Another of Enrico’s delightful forays beyond trio Jazz occurred a few years later in 2006 when he brought a quintet plus the voice of Ada Montellanico into the Casa del Jazz.

Inaugurated on April 22, 2005, The House of Jazz [Casa del Jazz] occupies the beautiful Villa Osia which was built in the 1930's by the architect Cesare Pascoletti.

In a bit of irony, given the somewhat dodgy early history of Jazz in the United States, the building and the grounds were appropriated [confiscated?] by the "Comune di Roma" from a well-known, local criminal and restructured into a facility devoted to the perpetuation of Jazz in Italy and Europe!


This three-storied building and its magnificent park which sits on two and half hectares is designed to be a multi-functional centre for Jazz performances and related activities. In addition its the multi-purpose auditorium that seats 150, the complex also includes a state-of-the-art rehearsal rooms, recording studio, library and multimedia archive room.

Also available are sleeping quarters for Italian and foreign artists, a restaurant/cafe' and a beautiful parkland featuring a variety of specialty gardens.

According to my translation of a press release from Palaexpo, the specialty company charged with its management, the idea of Casa del Jazz: "is to encourage and propagate Jazz here in Italy, creating the chance for musicians, promoters and critics to meet together and to promote activities for the benefit of all those who wish to acquire a knowledge and understanding of Jazz."


Beginning with a 2005 CD of drummer Roberto Gatto's quintet performing the music of the Miles Davis Quintet that featured Wayne Shorter, Herbie Hancok, Ron Carter and Tony Williams, Palaexpo has subsequently produced a series of “jazzitaliano Live” recordings made by groups performing at Casa del Jazz. including those by Rosario Giuliani, Stefano di Battista, Maurizio Giamarco, Enrico Pieranunzi, Gianluigi Trovesi, and Franco d’Andrea, among others.

Pieranunzi’s jazzitaliano live 2006 [Palaexpo 08] shows the full range of his creative abilities.  Once again, the recording is made up of eleven tracks on which he is joined, in various combinations, by Fabrizio Bosso on trumpet and flugelhorn, Rosario Giuliani [soprano & also saxophones], Luca Bulgarelli and Pietro Ciancaglini split the tracks on bass and drummer Walter Paoli. Ada Montellanico is the guest vocalist who sings in both English and Italian while also participating with the horns as another “voice” [no pun intended] on some arrangements, all of which are written by Pieranunzi.

Pieranunzi and Giuliani are old pals from their many years of working in the Italian studios recording the movie and TV scores of Ennio Morricone, Nino Rota and Piero Umiliani, among others.

Recently, when not fronting their own groups, they have begun performing Jazz together and Pieranunzi will return the favor by appearing the following year in concert on Giuliani’s jazzitaliano live 2007 [Palaexpo 04]  


In this 66 minute concert, there’s a little bit of everything to suit a variety of Jazz sensibilities, but the most intriguing element may be how well Ada’s voice is employed as a unison horn on some tracks and in harmony with them on others.

Some of what she sings in this fashion is very complicated and she pulls it off very well. Ada either has the ability to read music or has a very well-developed ear, or both, because she sings her parts with a musicality of the highest quality.

The concert begins with Pieranunzi in piano-bass-trio mode on his beautiful Ein li Milin. Enrico plays the melody over a “implied” bossa nova beat.

Next up is Night Bird on which the “Young Pups,” Giuliani and Bosso are clearly enjoying themselves on Pieranunzi’s masterful arrangement as demonstrated by their joyous and enthusiastic solos. Night Bird is one of Enrico’s older, original compositions dating back to his early years with Chet.

Up next is Armida’s Garden, on which Ada makes her first appearance which, unfortunately, finds her singing English lyrics that she has obviously learned to speak phonetically instead of being a trained speaker in the language. However, this limitation is somewhat compensated for when following blistering solos by Giuliani [alto], Enrico and Fabrizio, Ada joins in a unison “shout” chorus before taking the tune out in English.

Now that she is firmly entrenched as part of the band, Ada continues her unison singing with the horns on Persona, another of Pieranunzi’s old standbys.  Pieranunzi shapes Bosso’s trumpet and Giuliani’s soprano around Ada’s contralto vocal range and adds himself in bass clef to create an exciting four-part harmony for this very striking melody which he takes at a  surprisingly fast tempo.


Pieranunzi, ever adept at pacing a concert, slows things down considerably with As Never Before, which opens with Bosso playing the melody in Miles Davis fashion with a Harmon mute placed against the microphone. The tune provides a short interlude that gives both the musicians and the concertgoers a chance to catch their collective breath while also serving as a balladic feature for Bosso and Enrico.

On Autumn Song the spotlight turns to Rosario Giuliani who leads the quartet with a romping solo on soprano sax before giving Walter Paoli a chance to shine on batteria by exchanging eight bar and then for bar breaks with the drummer.

The second half of the concert is comprised of five tunes, three of which find Ada Montellanico singing in her native Italian.

First up is Enrico’s original Non Posso Sognarti Come SeiAda absolutely sparkles; her voice radiating a warmth due to her familiarity with the lyrics that is lacking when she attempts to enunciate lyrics in English. Following her statement of the melody, she goes on to join Bosso, who has switched to flugelhorn, in a unison chorus that is stunning in both its complexity and lushness of sound.

Pieranunzi certainly has a penchant for writing beautiful and captivating melodies and this is no less the case with the concert’s next tune – Fellini Waltz – which is played in a sprightly manner with Giuliani on soprano and Bosso once again of flugelhorn. The solos by Bosso and Giuliani are exquisite and demonstrate their excellent skill on their respective instruments.  These guys really “get around” on their horns with an ease that is at times breath-taking.  Another of Enrico’s clever, interludes this time with the horns harmonized, serves as a vehicle for him to inter-weave his own solo before the horns return to the tune’s haunting memory.

The concert continues with two tunes by Luigi Tenco, an ill-fated Italian balladeer whose brief fling with flame came to an end with his apparent suicide in 1974.

Primarily known for his romantic melodies, the lyrics to Tenco’s Il Tempo Passo are sung by Ada in ¾ time before she joins with Giuliani in another of Pieranunzi’s exquisitely arranged unison counter-melodies, this time pairing Ada’s contralto with Rosario’s soprano in the horn’s lower range.

A bouncy version of Tenco’s Se Sapessi Come Fei is next offered by Montellanico with swinging solos by Rosario on alto and Bosso on trumpet. The tune ends with perhaps the most dazzling display yet of Pieranunzi’s use of Ada’s voice in conjunction with the horns in a “take me out,” shout chorus that, judging from the impromptu applauses that follows it, blows everyone away.

Pieranunzi ends the concert much as he began it by returning to his introspective best as he concludes the evening’s musical festivities with a solo piano rendition of his Winter Moon.

The Casa del Jazz concert is an indication of how mature an artist Pieranunzi has become and how masterful he is in performing in a array of Jazz settings. The music recorded that evening also serves to show Enrico’s talents as a first-rate composer-arranger.

The following video features soprano & alto saxophonist Rosario Giuliani performing his original composition Mr. Dodo at the House of Jazz in Rome, Italy with a septet that features Flavio Boltro on trumpet, Massimo Pirone on trombone, Emanuele Cisi on tenor saxophone, Enrico Pieranunzi on piano, Gianluca Renzi on bass and drummer Fabrizio Sferra.




© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.




“Pieranunzi is not an extravagant virtuoso; his self-effacing manner recalls something of Hancock, but he uses all the ground-breaking modern discoveries in modality, rhythm and the broadening of pianistic devices to his own ends.”

- Richard Cook and Brian Morton, The Penguin Guide to Jazz on CD, 6th Ed.

“…a luminously lyrical pianist, with a constant flow of ideas.”

– Nat Hentoff

Spending time with the music of Enrico Pieranunzi while preparing this retrospective, one is amazed at its range. Perhaps diversity would be a more accurate term.  It is a though he is constantly challenging himself with new quests in search of some kind of Holy Grail of Improvisation.

Changing musical formats, performing with a wide-variety of different cohorts, composing original compositions, adapting music from other sources into Jazz; Pieranunzi’s music is always fresh and full of surprises.

In more recent years, two themes have become central to Enrico’s music: [1] he has added more solo piano to his repertoire and in a sense returned to his roots by [2] adapting the work of Italian film composers to a Jazz context.

In this concluding segment of our three-part feature on Pieranunzi, we will briefly highlight each of these focuses.


© -Laurent Poiget, copyright protected; all rights reserved.

Laurent Poiget, writing in French on his www.citizenjazz.com blog, and very freely translated into English for our purposes, had this to say about the 2007 release of Pieranunzi’s  Parisian Portraits, solo piano CD [EGEA 137]:

“Enrico Pieranunzi has been called ‘The European answer to Bill Evans,’ and while there is some truth to this stereotype, as there is in all stereotypes, this effort to typecast only offers one aspect of the total ouevre of his musicianship.

Because of their unadorned and unaccompanied nature, the eight original compositions and four standards that make-up Parisian Portraits allow the listener entry into Pieranunzi’s complex musical world and a basis for judging whether he is but a replica.

As an example, one could use Bill Evans' treatment of Cole Porter’s What is This Thing Called Love from the 1959 Portrait in Jazz album and compare it to Pieranunzi’s version on this recording. 

In doing so, the listener will no doubt hear in the Evans treatment, a more traditional rendering with Porter’s theme expressed faithfully and in an immediate recognizable manner from the start.

With the Pieranunzi interpretation, over forty years later, it is as if a century of the music has been crossed. We are in the presence of the musical equivalent of a Cubist, déconstruite; one must concentrate to perceive traces of the tune as the melody is never clearly exposed.

In the Pieranunzi adaptation, the Porter standard is little more than a vehicle upon which to base an improvisation; one that is filled with an increasingly rich and dark tension that concludes with a contrasting series of soft phrases.

I went on to listened to recordings of this tune by fifteen, different pianists made over the past forty years and none of them compared to Pieranunzi’s re-creation.

With What is This Thing Called Love and the “charms” of other music from Parisian Portraits in mind [like many Italian musicians, Pieranunzi is a great “seducer],” I wonder how he could ever be viewed as merely a clone of Bill Evans?

While listening to Pieranunzi’s music, one feels the quality of touching that allows for the exploration of nuances; the richness of the harmonies; the absence of chattering; the compactness of the musical statements.

This is a disc that you will return to your CD player on many, future occasions.”

With apologies for the somewhat flowery translation, in this review, Poigret makes the important point that with Pieranunzi, we are in the presence of a unique and mature musical mind.

His is ability is such that he is able to go anywhere he wants to in the music.

Another example of Pieranunzi’s, at times, astonishing musical acumen can be heard in what he does on Parisian Portraits with My Funny Valentine. What he manages to do here is create a melody that is almost as gorgeous as the original theme – which he never plays! You can hear this superb creation on the video at the end of this feature.

Taking music from one context while making it his own in another is also evident in Enrico’s Jazz adaptations of the music from Italian film scores.

Pieranunzi Johnson Baron Play Morricone  [CamJazz 7750-2]


“The expression ‘special project’ is now a very fashionable term, and not only in jazz. Well then, to carry out this project has truly represented something special for me.  During the 1970s and 1980s, I indeed had a very close encounter with Ennio Morricone’s music, playing as a studio man in dozens in films whose soundtracks were composed by him. To find myself now arranging that music, and structuring it so that it could work as an extemporization vehicle for the trio has been, as is easily understandable, a very special experience, a breathtaking full immersion. It has represented the opportunity of blending my musical world with that of a musician whose sonic world is full of suggestions and mastery, able to create and enormous range of emotions. The other reason that makes this CD very special to me is that I realized it with two great musicians like [bassist] Marc Johnson and [drummer] Joey Baron, extraordinary for sensitivity, feeling and fantasy. Those passionately fond of jazz already know something about our past in common (this is the fourth CD we record together). Marc, Joey and I have been sharing, over time, a long and important musical path. Well, once again, thanks to the music put together for this CD, the ‘miracle’ has happened again. What I like to call ‘the trio of my heart’ allow me to again experience … some of the most intense and profound moments that a musician could live.”  – Enrico Pieranunzi 2001

You can sample of the music from the Morricone CD on the video at the end of this feature.

“Surprised!  I was very surprised on first impact when I listened to the beautiful elaborations by my dear and esteemed friend Enrico Pieranunzi, of Marc Johnson, and of Joey Baron. Surprised, in admiration, euphoric about the positive performances where the original pieces, rediscovered and respected, have a new physiognomy, and the jazz interpretation of these three great soloists doesn’t destroy the pieces, but values them. I can only dearly thank Enrico for all that he has included in this CD, for his musical culture and for his greatness. I shall listen to this brilliant endeavor with much joy, again and again. – Ennio Morricone 2001


Although, strictly speaking, Doorways [CamJazz Cam 5001] is not an adaptation of film music to Jazz, Ira Gitler’s review of it does relate to his subsequent insert notes to Fellini Jazz [CamJazz 5002] and is included here for purposes of continuity.

“In the space of a couple of days last November, I received two e-mails, one from SantiagoChile and the other from London. Both of them were in praise of Enrico Pieranunzi’s Fellini Jazz. In of itself it was not surprising that two knowledgeable jazz observers recognized the singular experience of this CD but to hear from both of them in such a small window of time was unusual. It was gratifying to know that Enrico and CamJazz were reaching foreign shores. The few reviews I saw here in the United States were laudatory but too many people outside of Italy (where, in Musica’s Jazz critics’ poll, he was voted Musician of the Year and Fellini Jazz was named #2 Record of the Year) are asleep on Pieranunzi.

Many young musicians are trying to put a personal stamp in their interpretations in the long and varied tradition of the jazz mainstream but so are some older masters and we should listen to them well. Pieranunzi is one who has absorbed the music of Charlie Parker, Lennie Tristano and Bill Evans (who himself listened beneficially to Tristano) and internalized it within his Italian heart and soul: an intellect that never forgets to feel.  Anyway from the piano he can talk about music insightfully but he doesn’t just ‘talk a good game,’ he plays one as well. By using varied contexts and instrumental combinations of different sizes Pieranunzi continues to stimulate his imagination and ours as well. Basically, Doorways  is a series of duets between Pieranunzi and drummer Paul Motian with tenor saxophonist Chris Potter making a trio on three numbers.


‘All the material included here,’ says Pieranunzi, ‘was conceived and composed especially for this session.  Nothing was a previously composed piece, re-arranged for the duo or the trio. Every tune was written, having in mind the combination of piano and drums, a sound I had already experienced with Paul (a live concert performed in 1992 and issued on CD by Soul Note as Flux and Change in ’95) or the combination with Paul and Chris, a young musician of whom I have the highest opinion because of his ability to combine the tradition with a very, open-minded improvisational approach.

I’d also like to remark here, as a pianist, that this kind of music is possible with a very few drummers in the world and Paul Motian is among these. He widened the conception of drumming. Showing how to make the instrument a perfectly melodic one, able to play “lines” that perfectly interact with the ones played by other instruments.’

Each “Double Excursion,” 1,2, and 3 is totally improvised and different from its mates in length and detail. Motian shares co-composer credit with Pieranunzi. Their telepathy is evident throughout the three versions and in #3 Paul sets the table.

Enrico named “No Waltz for Paul” to ‘ironically stress the original, unique way Paul plays a waltz. It’s so special that sometimes a waltz played by him doesn’t even sound like a waltz. The title is also a tribute to his artistry.’

“No Waltz for Paul” and the other material, more ‘charted’ by Enrico than “Double Excursion,” will, no doubt, yield new improvisatory shapes and sounds in any given future performances. The two versions of “Utre” give more than a hint of this. The title, as Pieranunzi explains it, ‘comes from combining the first two musical notes. These notes, are, in fact the two notes on which the main motif is based. Actually, in Italian these notes are named “do” and “re.” I preferred to use the old Latin name of the first note,”ut.” Hence, “Utre.”


Walk through these Doorways and discover for yourself one of the world’s true musicians and highly talented cohorts, stretching boundaries without neglecting form and (as Pieranunzi always does), giving us foord for the mind and balm for the soul, although not necessarily in the same composition. Enrico the Enricher!  
– Ira Gitler 2002

Fellini Jazz [CamJazz 5002]

“In the period following World War II there was a renaissance in the film industry of Italy. Roberto Rossellini’s Roma, citta - aperta (1945) and Paisa` (1946) – known respectively, in the United States as Open City and Paisan – heralded the arrival of Italian neo-realism and were artistic and commercial successes on both sides of the Atlantic.


Frederico Fellini, then in his mid-20’s, served as a screenwriter on the first of the two films and as an assistant director on the second. In the 1950’s he blossomed as his own as a director.  I remember well the impact I Vitelloni had on me (and my friends) when I first saw it. I had been attending foreign films in my pre-teen years and was not intimidated by reading the subtitles. (This was far better than the later alternative of dubbing. I unequivocally boycotted all dubbed foreign films.) Although I was looking at images and simultaneously reading titles I was also hearing the actors. Even if, for the most part, I didn’t understand the language, the very sound of it and the expressiveness of the actors voices added to the total experience. The, of course, there was the universal language – music.

As I continued to view Fellini’s films I came to know the memorable themes which complemented the cinematic necromancy of the director and learn the name of his chief musical collaborator, Nino Rota.

While in the midst of writing these notes I happen to come across a documentary about Fellini on the Sundance television channel. In it there is a section devoted to the relationship between Fellini and Rota: the ambiguous requests to Rota (“Give me a happy song but make it sad” and so forth); and Fellini calling Rota “a magician … the melodies are already out there in the air and he finds them. He’s like those people who find water with a stick.

In one scene Rota is seated at the piano. Fellini has told him that he needs music for a new film. Rota begins playing a melody, expansively, its bittersweet nostalgia sweeping up and down the keyboard. “That’s it,” he says to Rota, and there he has the theme song [to the film] Amarcord.


Enrico Pieranunzi considers this project “one of the most exciting and challenging in my musical life, both for the musicians involved and for the music I was asked to arrange.” First of all, Pieranunzi pointed chose Chris Potter, Kenny Wheeler, Charlie Hayden and Paul Motian. He and producer Ermano Basso agreed, as Enrico explains it, that “these musicians were the best actors for such a difficult musical, film. “I tried to conceive these arrangements by relating them to the specific peculiarities of the players … when I heard them in the studio it was a dream coming true.  “

Pieranunzi draws an analogy between how jazz musicians play and a director such as Fellini shaped his films. “There is in common the tendency to always look beyond, for what is under such things,” he says, “a constant, tireless effort to express the mysterious, hidden areas of ourselves that have their roots in the subconscious, human reality.”

You will notice that all the movies from which the music derives (save Amarcord and La Citta` Delle Donne/City  of Women, both of the 1970s), are from the 1950s. These are Pieranunzi’s favorites. “I think that these movies bear a perfect balance between realism and the introspection of the characters: realism and imagination.”

“These movies remind me a lot of my childhood. Atmosphere – moods that these movies show are still inside me. Incidentally,” he continues, “I was three years old when I Vitelloni was made and at that point I had already been well-nourished with a lot of Charlie Parker, Django and Lennie Tristano whose music my father used to play on his 78s.”


It would be a hollow experience for me to attempt to describe the feeling that … [Pieranunzi and his colleagues] bring to these recordings, whether playing themes or improvising on them. I must, however, stress how everyone immersed themselves in the music, sonically and ‘wig-wise.’

As I implied earlier, after experiencing Fellini’s films not only the images but the music remained in my head; now these themes and the brilliant interpretations resonate in a new way as I sit in the darkened theater/illuminated screen of my mind.”  – Ira Gitler 2004


Hopefully, this three-part feature will have served as a beginning or an entrée into the music world that is Enrico Pieranunzi.

Here are a few other Pieranunzi CD's that have come out since this multi-part feature first posted to the blog in 2009/2010.


Ballads

Samuel Chell … allaboutjazz… his voice-leading …  is complex and masterful, making the most unexpected harmonic progressions seem inevitable. The other strength of the Italian pianist is the singing, aria-like quality of the tone he is able to extract from his percussive instrument.

John Kelman …allaboutjazz …The simplest stories often reveal the greatest depth. So, too, can the simplest songs yield richer meaning. Italian pianist Enrico Pieranunzi makes that abundantly clear with Ballads, an album so gentle it can almost pass by unnoticed. But pay attention and what may appear to be a collection of easy-on-the-ears songs prove to be much more.

Alone Together

Dave Nathan… allaboutjazz…The pianist, like one of his influences Bill Evans, manages to combine elegance with thoughtful demeanor.


Dream Dancing

John Kelman … allaboutjazz … Pieranunzi has yet to attain …  iconic status, but as the years pass he's becoming increasingly influential

LIVE IN PARIS

Thomas Conrad … The recent Ballads and the double album Live in Paris (on Challenge) are among the essential piano-trio recordings of the new millennium, because Pieranunzi’s vast technical expertise is creatively informed by a single purpose: to make the piano sing.




Stan Kenton: An Introduction

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


“The emerging consensus … is that the Kenton output was, as a whole, neither as terrible as its critics insisted nor as celestial as its devotees pretended. At times, of course, it could be either of the extremes, but the plain truth about the Kenton orchestra was that it was so much else as well. One should speak of the ‘Kenton sound’ only with trepidation; it is better to refer to the Kenton ‘sounds.’ …
The band’s range of expression was, in fact, nothing short of awe-inspiring. There may have been better big bands, certainly there were more consistently excellent big bands, but for sheer expressiveness, none could match the
Kenton ensemble of the postwar years.”

- Ted Gioia, West Coast Jazz: Modern Jazz in California, 1945-60 [New York: Oxford University Press, 1992, pp. 144-45; paragraphing modified]:

In spite of the controversy that has always surrounded the man and his music and perhaps sometimes because of it,  Stan Kenton has been of interest to me from the first time I heard his magnificent 1946 version of Concerto to End all Concertos. To give you some idea of how long ago this was, the record speed was 78 rpm!

When I put these extended [12"] 78's on the record player, all heck broke loose as the majesty and the power of Kenton’s music presented itself. I was hooked then and have been hooked ever since. What grand stuff this is!

The music seemed to possess me, both emotionally and intellectually. It was as though the music came alive and brought me into a new dimension along with it.

Ever since that first encounter with his music, I’ve listened to the various iterations of Stan’s orchestras and the constant transformations in his music.

In doing so, I’ve come to appreciate the following, succinctly-stated observations about Stan and his music as drawn from the WorldRecords.com website:


“For all the power, beauty, and majesty of his music, Stan Kenton remains an enigma. That may be a little dramatic but it's the kind of drama that Kenton himself would have appreciated.

Certainly much of his oeuvre encompasses a long series of contradictions: he put together a series of the hardest swinging big bands in the history of American music, but he often seemed be on an impossible dream kind of quest for a new jazz art music hybrid in which swing was not necessarily the thing.

He was one of the first white bandleaders to regularly hire black musicians, but in an infamous moment around 1956, he complained that white jazzmen were under appreciated.

He was constantly looking for ways to push the boundaries of the music into the future he was the first musician to popularize the term "progressive jazz" yet he also constantly carried the torch for the great early players like Louis Armstrong and Earl Hines.

Taken philosophically, Kenton would seem to add up to a series of unresolved chords, but musically, Kenton was among the most consistently inspired of American Musical icons. For nearly 40 years, he led one great band after another, which were marked not only by the ambitiousness of the leader's musical vision, but by the quality of musicians and arrangers whom he unfailingly surrounded himself with.

Every unit he led in front of the public or in a recording studio had something to recommend it, and even if his ideas could occasionally be pretentious, the point is that his music was constantly driven by new ideas.

Over the course of his long career the thing that Kenton feared most wasn't failure but the idea of repeating himself. He was a spiritual kinsman to both Frank Sinatra and Miles Davis, two other musical icons who, at every stage of their development, refused to stop evolving and who could never stomach the idea of doing something that they had done before.”


So how best to spend some time with this fascinating man on JazzProfiles?

Since Lillian Arganian has kindly granted the editorial staff permission to use The Introduction to her work, Stan Kenton: The Man and His Music, we thought that this would be an excellent place to begin a multi-part profile on Stan.

© -Lillian Arganian, used with the author’s permission; copyright protected, all rights reserved.

BalboaBeach. June 14, 1982, 9:35 p.m. Site of the Rendezvous Ballroom.

A more perfect setting could not be imagined for what happened here 41 years ago. Dramatic and colorful, it's a stage set for the launching of something of great moment.

A pier runs to the left of the site into the incredible green sea, now darkened. From its edge lovers could turn to face the expanse of miniature gold city lights in the distance to the right, the exotic silhouette of romantic palms to the left. Walking back, they would hear the roaring Pacific, crashing to shore in giant bursts of white foam, hissing away in huge swirls.

And, roaring back, the bold, brash new music of Stanley Newcomb Kenton and his Orchestra, a scant 300 yards away in the Rendezvous Ballroom on Ocean Front Boulevard.
They began here, the five musical decades of Kenton's life, as he progressed from playing in other people's bands in the mid-1930s to putting together his first orchestra at the end of 1940. A booking on Memorial Day, 1941, and through the summer of that year gave his young band the solid footing it needed before heading East. It was to be an international career before it ended with his death on August 25,1979, and though he stipulated in his will that there be no "ghost band" there is Kenton music being heard everywhere in the world today, through the quicksilver scattering of his ideas that have danced into so many corridors of music they can never again be contained.

Stan Kenton the Man was a figure of complexity and simplicity; of contradiction and straight-ahead logic; of enormous psychic awareness and sensitivity; of characteristics at war with each other but at home within the same person, a seeker of the farthest frontiers of music and imagination. If he had to be summed up in one word, the word would be: Innovator.

Stan the Man's music was daring and brilliant. Exquisitely tender and pensive. Quick-paced. Exotic. Lush. Sensual. New. Different. Polytonal. Atonal. Massive. Emotional. Unleashed. If it had to be summed up in one word, the word would be: Exciting.

Stan Kenton was his music.


No phase of it was left untouched by the man, from playing piano, composing and arranging to leading the band, expanding its horizons, stretching and nurturing his musicians, promoting his concerts and records, making his own records and organizing his own direct-mail organization, speaking for jazz, entering the world of education and fostering the art form in an extensive clinic program in colleges and universities that lasted twenty years.

Married and divorced three times, Stan fathered three children and at one time owned a beautiful home in Beverly Hills. But his calling was his music and his true home was the road. And so it has not been the intention of this book to present the life of Stan Kenton in biographical or chronological form, but rather to touch upon key ideas of his musical thoughts and to ask questions—some of which will remain unanswered—as to his aims, directions, and ultimate achievements as a twentieth-century American musician. And to see what his life and music were all about by discussing their facets with some of those most closely involved—his musicians—and their interactions with him.

Whether sidemen, arrangers, composers, vocalists, educators, a combination of two or more of these, or related through kinship of idea or admiration, all were part of the Kenton orbit and understood its sphere of influence. From the early meeting in 1934 with Bob Gioga, who played on the first Stan Kenton Orchestra, through Dick Shearer and Mike Suter, who played on the last, they cover the entire span of his career. A strict chronology was not followed because many of the characters came in and out of Kenton's life in more than one period, but the book should be seen to have its own logic of presentation as the story unfolds.


It may be helpful to keep in mind certain key times in Kenton's career as a guide in tracing the progression of the several phases of his innovations and developments. While most big band leaders were content to settle into a specific style and trademark, Kenton explored. For Kenton the adventure could not be too extreme. Many will remember the revolutionary City of Glass from the late forties-early fifties period. Written by Bob Graettinger, this unusual concert work would not have been touched by any other band leader of the time, nor probably any symphonic conductor. The author has seen some of the Graettinger charts in the Kenton Archives at North Texas State University, courtesy of Leon Breeden, and the courage it took to take on one of those—graphs, for graphs are what they are—is unimaginable. That Kenton championed this music alone guarantees him a place in modern American musical history. But that was but a single episode in a highly episodic life.

Kenton's birth, long considered to be February 19,1912, in Wichita, Kansas, was established as December 15,1911 by Dr. William F. Lee in his book, Stan Kenton: Artistry in Rhythm (Creative Press, 1980). Both dates continue to be observed in celebrations and tributes. Kenton spent his early youth in Colorado and moved with his family to California, where after a time they settled in Bell.

Kenton has said he became addicted to music at the age of fourteen, following a visit to his home of his cousins, Billy and Arthur, who impressed him with their playing of jazz. Even before that, he'd had piano lessons and used to fall asleep at night with radio headphones over his ears. Young Stanley formed a combo in high school, called the Belltones, who played dances and parties.

For several years he played in territory bands and in speakeasies, working his way up from fifty cents a night to forty dollars a week. Meeting Everett Hoaglund in 1934 seems to have been a turning point; perhaps because he learned from the man's professionalism, or perhaps because some of the musicians he met at this time later went with him.

By the autumn of 1940 Kenton had made the decision to go off on his own. He formed a rehearsal band, wrote his theme song, composed original charts and arrangements of standard tunes, cut several dubs, lined up his own bookings, premiered at a Huntington Beach ballroom, just north of Balboa. Kenton and his men substituted one night at the Rendezvous in Balboa for the Johnny Richards band, and through a mysterious set of circumstances inherited the summer job there when the owner cancelled Richards' band and hired his.

At some point in the early forties the band picked up the name "Artistry in Rhythm." It was an active band, changing personnel with the coming and going of its sidemen into the armed services. In the autumn of 1947 the "Progressive Jazz" Orchestra was formed, centering on the music of Pete Rugolo, with its many striking influences of classical composers such as Bartok, Stravinsky, Ravel, Debussy, and Milhaud.


Stan's highly creative "Innovations" Orchestra was put together at the end of 1949 and premiered in 1950, going on tour in 1950 and '51. It was the most unusual idea of its time, and probably comes closest to what Stan was striving for all his life, continuing in the experimental vein that predated it in the Progressive Jazz concept and that went on after it. Long before he had one he'd dreamed of a band that played concerts instead of dances. Sprinkled throughout this book is a quote in his words made at the time of the premiere of this new phase of his music. Though the time frame of its formal existence was relatively short, the idea was a lasting one.

Jazz greats were the stars on the famous "swing" bands of the early- to mid-fifties, when performers such as Lee Konitz, Lennie Niehaus, Frank Rosolino, Gerry Mulligan, Charlie Mariano, Maynard Ferguson and many others seared into the consciousness of impressionable young musicians who knew they "had to" join the Kenton band one day. For the Kenton band was always its own catalyst for attracting future musicians to it, just as it made the reputations of those who were associated with it. Known as "New Concepts of Artistry in Rhythm," the band took Europe by storm in the first of Kenton's many trips abroad in 1953. In 1959 Kenton first became involved with jazz clinics at the universities, an involvement that developed into a passionate commitment that endured all the rest of his life. Many feel it was his most important achievement.

Two widely differing musical ideas and a brainstorm found their conception in the sixties: the "Mellophonium" Band, or "New Era in Modern American Music" Orchestra, of 1960-63, which recorded such fabulous discs as West Side Story and Adventures in Time, both written by Johnny Richards, was one. The "Neophonic" Orchestra, which premiered at the Los AngelesMusicCenter in 1965 presenting some of the most original music ever written for an American band, was the other.


The brainstorm was the creation of Creative World, a Kenton organization that started as a promotional vehicle and later developed to pressing and distributing its own records. Its importance in keeping interest in both Kenton and jazz alive cannot be overestimated, for the sixties saw the rise of rock to dominating proportions on the popular music scene.

Rock crashed head-on into Kenton in the seventies and lost, in that Kenton simply superimposed "the Kenton sound" onto it, through such records as 7.5 on the Richter Scale. Kenton also became entranced with the time revolution of the seventies, instigated by Don Ellis and carried on by Hank Levy, bringing on a whole new but still very much Kentonesque sound.

Stan Kenton's amalgam of twentieth-century European classical influences with jazz in his own original compositions, such as "Shelly Manne" and "June Christy," produced works of startling quality and interest. Many of his works have never been recorded, perhaps never heard. He could be maddeningly modest at times.

Madcap humor was as much a part of his life as were the clashing of chords and brass choirs. A classic favorite was his disappearing act. Stan would mysteriously vanish while leading the band, as stealthily as a fox. Moments later he would reappear—through the parted fronds of a stage palm!

The Kenton band of nearly forty years hurtled through the night in one gigantic card game. Only the players changed, while Kenton stayed on. A remarkable rendering of the Kenton philosophy turned up on the back of some score sheets, dated Dec. 1966, during Leon Breeden's researches at NTSU, which he very kindly shared with the author. In Stan's own writing were these words:


A bus is many things to a band over and above transporting it from engagement to engagement and place to place.
It is serenity - - belongs to the musicians and they belong to it. It carries not only the musician, but their (sic) necessary personal items such as clothing and other objects contributing to his being in addition to the most important reason for his very existance (sic) and his justification for living, his musical instrument which is his identity.
A bus is more important than a hotel room. A hotel room is temporary. The bus is permanent. A visit to a restaurant is a fleeting intermission.
A musician's seat on the bus becomes his personal area both above and below & is so private that no one infringe(s) by placing any thing foreign to him in his retreat.
A bus is refuge and escape from the outside world.
A bus is a symbol of a musician's dreams and aspirations. It can become a sanctuary of elation and satisfaction or a den of despair and disappointment all determined by how and in what manner he and his horn have performed. A bus can be any thing from a horror chamber from which there seems no escape to a vehicle taking him to the highest level of exalted achievement.
A bus is sometimes a dressing room a warm up room a library a place of meditation, on it dreams of the future take shape and foundations are lain to help them become realities.
A bus is a recreation center a rumpus room a private meeting place in which no one is admitted unless their interests are common.

Talk and conversation is in almost every case is (sic) dominated by discussions revolving around music. Occasionally talk drifts away to other things but only for a moment then back to music.
'I feel this way'
'I dig that'
'I find that'
'My taste tells me'
'He thinks'
'They thought'
What do you do
What are your feelings
etc. etc. —One nighters—
Constant movement.
Travel—eat—play music—travel eat sleep travel et (sic) play music and the cycle continues.
No one remembers where they played last night or where they play tomorrow. It is only today that counts. The day of
the week and the date of the month is forgotten, sometimes even the month itself.
—Hit & run—/Goody box/ Water jug/ Rules/ Root /Beer Coolers/Tire checks/Day sheets/Laundry/A. C. & Heat/Iron lung/Coffin/Chops/Axe & horn/Misfits/Numbers/
Anticipation of the job &/Crowd raport. (sic)

Kenton's legacy reaches far beyond the glossary of supertalents who spent time with him and went on to great success in their own careers, people like Art Pepper and Mel Lewis and Conte Candoli and Stan Getz and Laurindo Almeida and the whole encyclopedia of them. To borrow a quote from Hank Levy in his own chapter, that's "just touching the top."


The Kenton Wall of Brass is thriving in the hundreds of international drum corps who pour onto the fields every summer playing richly orchestrated arrangements with full colorations of brass and percussion. "Kenton music lends itself to our art form," Scott Stewart explains. Stewart is director of the Madison Scouts, who favor a decidedly Kenton style in their jazzistic approach, balanced horn line and warmth of interpretation. Madison drives people crazy whenever it performs "Malaguena," won an international championship with "MacArthurPark," and has played other Kenton favorites. The Blue Devils of Concord, California, a consistent international finalist, has ripped into "Pegasus"; the Garfield Cadets of New Jersey have done a medley from Adventures in Time, Les Eclipses of Canada has done music from Cuban Fire; the Grossmen from Delaware County, Pennsylvania, and others have done "Artistry in Rhythm"; the Freelancers, of Sacramento, California, and others have performed "Malaga." But whatever the work being played, a Kentonesque concert of brass comes right at the wildly cheering throngs of appreciative fans at every show, in dauntless presentations of fire and talent highlighted by intrepid soloists.

Coincidentally, these young people also ride on the bus, do one-nighters, and live on the road, at least during the summers.

Kenton's legacy of new American music and his propensity to experimentation is somewhat more difficult to trace, though interesting ideas have been attempted by The Orchestra in Los Angeles, whose name was later changed to The New American Orchestra, following the departure of co-founder Allyn Ferguson. Some of the problems and concepts of such a venture are discussed in the chapters on Ferguson and Jack Elliott, present director of the orchestra. Some similarities with Kenton's Neophonic exist, however, such as writers Russ Garcia, Bill Russo, John Williams, Morty Stevens, Dave Grusin, Dick Grove, Oliver Nelson, Lalo Schifrin, Bill Holman, Gerry Mulligan and Ferguson. Also Claus Ogerman, who wrote an arrangement for the Neophonic, Manny Albam, who wrote for Stan at the time of his Innovations Orchestra, and Don Sebesky, who played trombone with Kenton. Musicians common to both orchestras are George Roberts, Bud Shank, Bill Perkins, Vince DeRosa, Art Maebe, Richard Perissi, Lloyd Ulyate, John Audino, Henry Sigismonti, Chuck Domanico, Gene Cipriano, John Lowe, Virginia Majewski, Gerald Vinci, and Shelly Manne (as a guest soloist).


Many people feel that a decided Kenton influence exists in the far more sophisticated kinds of music being written for films and TV.  Academy-award winning composer John Williams, for just one example (E. T., Close Encounters of the Third Kind, Star Wars, The Empire Strikes Back, Return of the Jedi, Superman, Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom, and the music for the L. A. Olympics), was one of Stan's Neophonic writers.

Even more exciting is the direction being taken by people such as Bud Shank and Bill Russo, now Director of the Contemporary American Music Program at ColumbiaCollege in Chicago, Illinois, in erasing the dividing lines between jazz and classical music in brand-new creative ways. Both were with Kenton during his Innovations period and learned from the experience. Where this direction will ultimately lead is a fascinating question for our times.

Stan Kenton willed all his music, that is, the scores and charts, to NorthTexasStateUniversity, in Denton, Texas. Why he chose to do so will be seen in the chapters on Leon Breeden, Gene Hall and Bobby Knight, as the background and structure of their fine jazz program are explored in some depth. Gene Hall, one of the principal originators of the jazz clinics in 1959, founded the NTSU program in 1947, the first of its kind in the country. Leon Breeden continued its development from 1959 to 1981, bringing great honors to it and earning prestige and recognition for his efforts. North Texas'1 O'Clock Jazz Lab Band was chosen by Kenton to appear with the Los Angeles Neophonic in 1966, was the first university band ever to appear at the White House, in 1967, and was the official big band at the Montreux International Jazz Festival in Switzerland in 1970, among other honors. Breeden has his own extraordinary story to tell concerning his relationship with Kenton and the future of the music at NTSU, a heartening one for all Kenton fans.

Bob Gioga was a close friend of Kenton's, tracing their friendship back to the Hoaglund band in 1934. He played baritone sax and was band manager for 12 years, from 1941-1953. George Faye joined for a year and a half in 1942 and played tenor trombone. Buddy Childers came on as trumpet player in January of 1943 and was with Kenton over a span of 11V2 years. Pete Rugolo, composer and arranger and closely identified with Kenton's "Progressive Jazz" period, joined the band in 1945. June Christy was vocalist in April, 1945 for two years and also made several tours and recordings. Shelly Manne was Kenton's drummer starting in February, 1946, off and on until 1952; Milt Bernhart played trombone in the band off and on from 1946 to 1952; both came back for the Neophonic. Bill Russo was trombonist and composer-arranger off and on from January, 1950, through October, 1953, returning to write for and conduct the Neophonic in 1966.

Shorty Rogers was trumpet player and composer-arranger on the band in 1950, stayed for a year and a half and continued to write for Kenton afterwards, including a ballet for the Neophonic. Jim Amlotte joined as trombonist in 1956 and was band manager from 1959-69; Dalton Smith was lead trumpet player off and on from 1959-1970; both were involved with the Kenton clinics and the Neophonic. Bud Shank came on in late 1949 for two and one half years, played in the Neophonic, taught in the clinics and was involved with the Collegiate Neophonic in 1967.

Mike Suter was bass trombonist in 1963 and again from 1973-75 and in 1978. He was both a student and a teacher in the clinics and is a close friend of Dick Shearer's. Shearer was band manager and trombonist for the last 13 years of the band, though he left on August 21, 1977. (The band broke up on August 20, 1978.) A joint chapter on Shearer and Suter in addition to individual ones has been included, since they triggered each other's memories in many details.


Hank Levy, Director of Jazz Studies at TowsonStateUniversity in Towson, Maryland, composed for Kenton chiefly in the seventies, though he was on the band for six months in 1953. George Roberts was bass trombonist on the Kenton band from 1951-53 and again later on; he had his group of forty trombones play for the dedication of the Kenton Memorial in Balboa in September, 1981. Ken Hanna, composer-arranger-trumpet player, began his long association with Kenton in 1942, writing some of the band's finest charts in the seventies. Ross Barbour sang with the Four Freshmen, a group that made several appearances, tours and recordings with Kenton. The Freshmen, still concertizing, though without Barbour, proudly claim to have owed their style to the Kenton sound. What is surprising is the number of groups who imitate the Freshmen—and who therefore are perpetuating the Kenton sound as well.

Big bands are enjoying a resurgence in popularity, which assures a future to the new ones being formed, some of which have a Kentonish verve and brightness about them. Kenton records are being played on radio both by deejays on the new shows and by long-time advocates of his music. Perhaps none can equal the devotion of Randy Taylor, big band host on MiamiUniversity public radio station WMUB in Oxford, Ohio, who plays a special 4-hour all-Kenton show every Friday night from 7 to 11. Taylor, former Kenton archivist, began the practice as a memorial tribute in August, 1982, and has continued it in response to public demand.

Memorial concerts testify to the enduring values of Kenton's music and the loyalty felt to him by his fans. At ClarencevilleHigh School in Livonia, Michigan (affectionately dubbed "Montreux North" by host Dick Purtan) one of the first such concerts was held on February 19, 1982, with Dick Shearer fronting the band.

By 7:30 p.m. the lobby was jammed for a performance scheduled to begin at 8. By 7:35, after the auditorium doors were opened, almost all seats were taken. Guests sat back and surveyed the scene: Blue seats, aqua carpeting. Orchid lighting on the stage, set up to show a piano at left, where Kenton would have sat, congas nearby and percussion at back left. Rows of aqua-and-tan chairs poised like sentinels. Saxophones parked, slightly aslant, trombones "face down" behind them. A pleasing, sensual avant-garde look about it all. The audience, mostly dressed in sharp, youthful, sporty attire, looks alert and intelligent.


Opening remarks, and then Shearer whips the band into a crescendo that threatens to tear the walls down, leading into Willie Maiden's "A Little Minor Booze." In a rainbow of colors and moods, he takes them through "Here's That Rainy Day,""Minor Riff,""Two Moods for Baritone,""Opus in Chartreuse,""Body and Soul,""Roy's Blues,""Street of Dreams,""Intermission Riff,""Send in the Clowns,""Stompin' at the Savoy,""Yesterdays,""Opus in Pastels" and "Peanut Vendor." The second half of the program goes quickly, and suddenly it's time for The Theme. Pianist Chuck Robinette does it proud: weaving Kenton music in and out as he spins the haunting threads of Artistry. Everyone anticipates what's coming and tries to prepare for it, but with the electrifying entrance of the saxes a universal chill slips through the audience like a single emotion: "Baa-baa ... ba-ba-ba-ba baa-baaa ..." Before it is over there are few if any dry eyes either on stage or anywhere in the room. And the realization dawns that "Artistry in Rhythm," like its creator, has become immortal.

In his own ways and by avenues that will perhaps not be felt for some time in all their scope, Stan Kenton was the greatest force in twentieth-century American music.

His sweeping sense of music favored extremes in dynamics and tonal expanse, tormenting crescendos to ear-splitting highs, tension and release. It became its own genre, consuming the categories of "concert jazz" and "classical jazz" and adding enough character of its own to be labeled unto itself.


No one can measure the effects of the priceless gift he bestowed upon people and how it contributed both to their own flourishing and to new forms of American music: the gift of listening. It was a selfless, most generous form of encouragement. In the total freedom allowed his composers and arrangers to create, his band became a vehicle for their creativity; but by a curious reciprocity everything that passed through it somehow became "Stan Kenton music." Kenton was influenced by the musicians who came to him, but none left his band untouched by the Kenton experience.

Stan the Man had the integrity of his own conviction and would gladly have dispensed with the need for money and sacrificed all his time to artistic endeavor. He was not satisfied to cater to the public taste of his time, but insisted on going in his own direction, whoever listened or did not.

Stan Kenton's music was the headiest combination of love, emotion, intellect, form, freedom, boldness and fire ever known.

It still burns, its sparks igniting life wherever they touch down.”



The Process of Making Jazz - A Metaphor: “Seeing is Forgetting The Name of the Thing One Sees: A Life of Contemporary Artist Robert Irwin”

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.

Sometimes while reading reviews or listening to others discuss Jazz, I get the impression that there is the view that Jazz comes ready-formed; as though it were in a package that one "Just added water to, stirred and served."

Jazz recordings come to us as finished products as do, to a certain extent, Jazz concerts and groups performing the music in clubs. The music is rehearsed to a greater or lesser degree in all of these contexts and gives off the impression that it happens, is captured and subsequently displayed for us to observe, listen and enjoy.

Would that it were so easy, although I would agree with the assertion that those with a mastery of the music make it all look and sound so effortless:

Ars est celare artem.

"The perfection of art is to conceal it"

Underlying all of this is The Process of Creation" or what the late philosopher, Arthur Koestler, once termed - The Act of Creation.


It is a topic that continues to fascinate me and while I ponder it further in the preparation of future features on the subject, I thought I would re-post this piece in the meantime as it gets to the heart of the creation of Jazz as an incremental process, one that involves much trial and error.




“You're telling human beings that they can trust their intuitions to create forms, rather than need forms in which to create intuitions….”


We're talking about a lot of personal work, rather than taught, or learned, work. We strike out for unknown territory. That's what improvising is all about. If the territory is known, it's not that interesting. That's my bias.
- Paul Bley, Jazz pianist


VOICE: “Why do they call you ‘Mr. Joy?’
MR. JOY: “Because I’m unhappy about a lot of things.”
VOICE: “What are you unhappy about?”
MR. JOY: “I’m unhappy about trying to get music to sound the way I want it to sound, about trying to get life to go the way I want it to go, and generally unhappy about the whole thing.”
- Insert notes to Play Bley’s Mr. Joy [Limelight LS 86060]


The human mind incorporates two systems: an intuitive “system one,’” which makes many decisions automatically, and a calculating but lazy  “system two,” which rationalizes one’s ideas and sometimes overrules them.


“System one” prizes emotions over information [“system two”].
- Psychologist Daniel Kahneman, Nobel Prize [2002], author of Thinking, Fast and Slow


“There is a danger in spelling these recollections out so lucidly that your reader gains the impression that at the time I knew what I was doing and where all of this was leading in some sort of intellectual way.”
- Robert Irwin, artist


I never saw it coming.


The tune was Gerry Mulligan’s Freeway which had been transcribed from an issue of Downbeat magazine by the pianist in our quintet that was fronted by a trumpet and alto sax.


The trumpet, alto sax and pianist had soloed on the line [melody] when suddenly the pianist pointed to me and held up four fingers to signify that I was going to trade four bar breaks with the horns.


I was terrified. What do you play?


Drums don’t play notes per se: no melody, no harmony. It’s a rhythm instrument.


What do you base the four bar breaks on? There are no chord progressions to follow.


Do you just play four bars of drum rudiments and sound like a marching band drummer?


How do you improvise on nothing?


It’s just an empty space.


Talk about challenges.


And then it hit me; whatever I did, it couldn’t interrupt the momentum. What I played had to keep the swing going.


So I felt it … impossible to explain in words, but that’s what I did.


I internalized the feeling of four bars, drop my hands on the drums [the feet would come later … still later would come the integration of hands and feet] and sounded out on the snare and tom toms what I felt [more than likely, it was some sort of combination of what I had been listening to - Joe Morello, Art Blakey, Philly Joe Jones - not bad company, eh?].


It was all about process - the process of learning how to improvise short drum solos.


Yet to come were eights, twelves, sixteen bar solos and full 32 bar choruses - more and more emptiness that I somehow had to fill with interesting music played on drums.


As Robert Irwin cautions in one of the lead-in quotations to this piece: “There is a danger in spelling these recollections out so lucidly that your reader gains the impression that at the time I knew what I was doing and where all of this was leading in some sort of intellectual way.”


What was actually happening in my drum soloing was that I was learning the process of how to play them, which is essentially what all art is  - a process that leads to self-expression whether the basis for it is music, painting, sculpting, writing poetry, et al.


And as psychologist Daniel Kahneman suggests in another of our lead-in quotes, the process of learning artistic self-expression largely consists of two brain functions or, as he calls them, systems:


“The human mind incorporates two systems: an intuitive “system one,’” which makes many decisions automatically, and a calculating but lazy “system two,” which rationalizes one’s ideas and sometimes overrules them. “System one” prizes emotions over information [“system two”].”


Perhaps the further parallel here as to what goes on in Jazz improvisation is that “system two” involves the technical aspects of learning to play one’s instrument, something which must be mastered before one can enable the self-expression on it inherent in “system one” of Dr. Kahneman’s theorization.


At some point in the process, I learned to feel or sense the span of time involved in Jazz drum soloing [rather than counting it in my head] and transmit to my hands and feet, almost automatically, what I was hearing in my head.


The drums were no longer there, they were just a vehicle for self-expression.


But when one tries to explain this process, it makes the process sound more fluent and coherent than it actually is.


Ultimately, [in my case] the improvising drummer has to get to the point as expressed by Paul Bley “ … that they can trust their intuitions to create forms, rather than need forms in which to create intuitions…. We're talking about a lot of personal work, rather than taught, or learned, work. We strike out for unknown territory. That's what improvising is all about. If the territory is known, it's not that interesting.”


And until I did learn the process of trusting my intuitions by putting in the necessary personal work, I played it safe by mimicking what other drummers played. I copied licks from all the great drummers but as Mr. Joy [aka Paul Bley] states in another of our opening refrains, it made me “unhappy about a lot of things.”


VOICE: “What are you unhappy about?”


MR. JOY: “I’m unhappy about trying to get music to sound the way I want it to sound, about trying to get life to go the way I want it to go, and generally unhappy about the whole thing.”


I, too, was unhappy about not being able to get my drum solos “to sound they way I wanted to sound.”


Eventually, I realized that I had to push beyond merely copying others and venture into the “unknown territory” that was what I had to say on the instrument - I had to find my own voice or I would never be satisfied with my playing.


I had to put in a lot more “personal work” to find that voice so that I could really become “Mr. Joy” and not merely a facetious one.


The subtitle of this piece is derived from a book title by the same name written by Lawrence Weschler which I purchased when it was first published by the University of California Press in 1982.


Here are some excerpts from the book that could be applied to the process of creating Jazz; a metaphor, if you will.


“‘You know,’ Irwin, advised me one morning as we began talking about his movement toward dot painting, the works that would command his attention between 1964 and 1966, “you have to be careful in taking these things I’m saying and working them into too clear an evolving narrative.”


There is a danger in spelling these recollections out so lucidly that your reader gains the impression that at the time I knew what I was doing and where all of this was leading in some sort of intellectual way.


You have to make it very clear to anyone who might read your essay, especially any young artist who might happen to pick it up, that my whole process was really an intuitive ability in which all the time I was only putting one foot in front of the other, and each step was not that resolved.


Most of the time, I didn’t have any idea where I was going: I had no real intellectual clarity as to what it was I thought I was doing.


Usually it was just a straight-forward commitment in terms of pursuing the particular problems or questions which had been raised in the doing of the work.


Maybe I was just gradually developing a trust in the act itself, that somehow, if it were pursued legitimately, the questions it would raise would be legitimate and the answers would have to exist somewhere, would be worth pursuing, and would be of consequence.


Actually, during those years in the mid-1960s, …, the answers seemed to matter less and less. I was becoming much more of a question person than and answer person.’


There is a strain in the Jewish mystical tradition that asserts that there exists question larger than the sum of their answers, questions all of whose possible answers would never exhaust them. Irwin’s concern was drifting into questions of this sort, although he himself would bridle at any imputation of mysticism,” [pp. 85-86; paragraphing modified].


Analogies, cross-overs between the arts and parallel thinking are always dangerous as a source for metaphors because there is a tendency that such comparisons may misrepresent things.


On the other hand, such juxtapositions can be helpful in leading to a larger understanding of the artistic “Act of Creation.”


“Had one asked Irwin in 1965 how he viewed the relationship between his activity and that of a scientist, he might well have replied that he saw none whatsoever, or that he saw the two enterprises as diametrical opposites. By 1970, however, after spending several years working with scientific researchers, he had developed a rich sense of the interpenetration of the two endeavors.


"Take a chemist, for example," he elaborated one afternoon. "He starts out with a hypothesis about what might be created if he combined a few chemicals, and he begins by simply doing trial and error. He tries two-thirds of this and one-third of that, and marks down the result: that doesn't work. He tries one-third of this plus one-third of that plus one-third of something else; and then he tries one-quarter and three-quarters; and he proceeds on that basis, a sort of yes-no trial and error.


"What the artist does is essentially the same. In other words, what you do when you start to do a painting is that you begin with a basic idea, a hypothesis of what you're setting out to do (a figurative painting or nonfigurative or whatever). Say you're going to paint a figurative painting that's going to be about that model over there and the trees outside behind her and the oranges on the table. It's just a million yes-no decisions. You try something in the painting, you look at it, and you say, 'N-n-no.' You sort of erase it out, and you move it around a little bit, put in a new line; you go through a million weighings. It's the same thing, the only difference is the character of the product.


"Let's say at a particular point the scientist gets what he set out to get, he arrives at what he projected might happen if he mixed the particular right combination of chemicals in the right way. But the same thing is true of the artist: when he finally gets the right combination, he stops, he knows he's finished." [p.137].


Paul Bley more directly explains the process for achieving originality in Jazz improvisation in these excerpts from his interview with Len Lyons in The Great Jazz Pianists, [New York: DaCapo, 1983, pp. 163-165.


“You know, I made a practice of never making records of things I knew how to play, but only of recording things I hadn't yet worked out, the point being that the recording can serve as a learning tool for me. I've never done anything long enough to popularize it. With that methodology, I've spawned a lot of spin-off bands, spin-off players, and influences. …


Doesn't that kind of movable identity make it hard to develop your career? It seems the public would find it hard to know who you are or what you do. Has that made things difficult for you professionally?


Definitely, absolutely. But in the end you're left with your playing, not your public. An artist has to choose his terms, and my terms are that the next record won't sound like the last record. My audience likes that and the fact that when I play in person, each piece won't sound like the last piece. Ultimately I think one's style-in quotes-does come clear, but it comes over a longer period of time, not by repeating albums.


Where do you see your style historically? Do you have a vocabulary to describe yourself, the kinds of terms that are generally applied to jazz piano—stride, bebop, tonality-based playing, impressionism, or something along those lines?


Well, look at the end of that road for a keyboard player. These styles you named lead up to purely atonal and electronic music.



What makes you say that?


These are the end points of acoustic music in terms of complexity. That was the case in classical music, where you have romanticism, impressionism, and atonalism following in cycles of thirty, or fifty, years. At the end of that, pure acoustic music ceases to be as meaningful. Now how do you retain the jazz flavor when you're dealing with atonal music? By being a jazz musician, I guess. The whole point of all of this is to play without any givens, without any compositions.


You see that as the goal of the jazz keyboardist?


Absolutely. It's a quantum leap forward. You're telling human beings that they can trust their intuitions to create forms, rather than need forms in which to create intuitions.


Back to Keith Jarrett, that's exactly what he claims to be doing. Do you think that's what he's doing?


That's between a musician and himself. The audience won't always know. The musician may even prefer to make it sound as if he did have a composition.


Some jazz composers like to work with form itself. Will that become obsolete in your opinion?


No, but there's not that much difference. The improviser works with forms that may sound as if they had been planned. They'll wind up with just as much form because the brain just refuses to go into a random mode. You have to organize. Improvising is also a good exercise to push yourself and your mind to its limits. Then, when you come back to more traditional material, you can inject things that make it a richer experience.


I was recently talking with Jaki Byard, who is probably at the opposite end of the spectrum from you. He starts and ends with established forms, and he keeps to them pretty rigorously.


Jaki has a wonderful opportunity to preserve the heritage intact, so to speak. He can play the piano the way people have for the last forty years, and he gets very close to how it was actually done. To throw that heritage out the window in order to play "free" would be wasteful. Better for a younger person to go forward. Let an older person play what he knows best. I've played five genres of music, and I guess I'm trying to make it six.


Are you trying to preserve these genres in what you do?


I'm trying to preserve the jazz element in quite random material, whether it's atonal or electronic. I'm trying to find out what is the jazz element. How do we differ from Karlheinz Stockhausen?


American musicians have proved two things. First, if you're going on a trip, you don't necessarily need a map. Second, this music could only have been made here. For one reason, academia is much stronger in Europe than it is in America. It was because Buddy Bolden didn't know there was an extra octave on the trumpet that we extended the range of the trumpet. We're talking about a lot of personal work, rather than taught, or learned, work. We strike out for unknown territory. That's what improvising is all about. If the territory is known, it's not that interesting. That's my bias.”



"Magna-Tism:" Pete Christlieb and Warne Marsh in "Conversation"

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


“By far the most loyal and literal of the Tristano disciples, Warne Marsh sedulously avoided the 'jazz life', cleaving to an improvisatory philosophy that was almost chilling in its purity. Anthony Braxton called him the 'greatest vertical improviser' in the music, and a typical Marsh solo was discursive and rhythmically subtle, full of coded tonalities and oblique resolutions. He cultivated a glacial tone (somewhat derived from Lester Young) that splintered awkwardly in the higher register and which can be off-putting for listeners conditioned by Bird and Coltrane. Marsh's slightly dry, almost papery tone is instantly recognizable.”
- Richard Cook and Brian Morton, The Penguin Guide to Jazz on CD, 6th Ed.


“Influenced by Sonny Rollins and Zoot Sims, Christlieb plays with power even at the fastest tempos, yet his delivery of ballads invariably shows fine feeling; he is also a convincing interpreter of the blues. His proficiency on a number of reed and woodwind instruments and his strength as a tenor saxophone soloist explains his popularity with the leaders of studio bands.”
- Mark Gardner, Barry Kernfeld, ed., The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz


I’ve always been a great fan of two tenor saxophone front lines backed by a piano/guitar, bass and drums rhythm section.


This fondness dates back to the great “chases” between Dexter Gordon and Wardell Gray, to the duels between Gene Ammons and Sonny Stitt and to the less fractious more melodic versions headed up by Zoot Sims and Al Cohn and by Tubby Hayes and Ronnie Scott.


If you were going out looking for two saxophonists who would play well together it’s a safe bet that you wouldn’t come up with the pairing of Warne Marsh and Pete Christlieb.  Marsh is one of the genuine mavericks of the tenor saxophone. He perfected his art under the influence of Lennie Tristano’s cool, rigorous discipline, but very early on he managed to develop a style of his own that was [and remains to this day] wholly unpredictable.


He will play double time, half-time and apparently out of time in the course of a single phrase; just when he seems to be lagging lethargically behind the beat, you blink your eyes and find him right on top of it.


Pete Christlieb, whose father is a concert classical bassoonist, now at work recording the complete works of Hindemith, is a big toned, technically awesome, straight-ahead swinger. He was a member of The Tonight Show Band for several years, and while those who have been lucky enough to hear him play small group Jazz have come away mightily impressed, it is unlikely that any of them came away thinking about pairing him with Warne Marsh.


Pete and Warne actually came up with the idea of playing together.


They made a recording of tenor duets, backed by bass and drums, that eventually found its way to Walter Becker and Donald Fagen, who are better known as the multi-platinum winning rock group Steely Dan. Again the combination is not the kind of thing that spontaneously comes easily to mind.


Fagen and Becker are adroit masters of traditional Jazz harmonies, and more than that, they are interested in and perhaps obsessed by the iconology of Jazz, They’ve written a song about Charlie Parker [“Parker’s Band”], rearranged Duke Ellington’s “East St. Louis Toodle - Oo” for a rock band and pedal steel guitar and conducted a particularly knowing examination of what can only be termed the impulse of Jazz in their song “Deacon Blues.” That song features a tenor sax solo by Pete Christlieb.


And so, circuitously, but inevitably, we come to Apogee [Warner Brothers BSK 3236; CD version 8122-73723-2],the first Jazz album produced by Fagen and Becker, Christlieb’s first record on a major label, and Marsh’s first record on a major label in years, And, it should be added before we go any further, a spectacular record by anybody’s standards. For it turns out that the two principals make a spectacular team. Their very different styles offer a refreshing contrast, and they play together with impressive savvy, projecting a deceptive but extremely invigorating impression of total abandon. This is winging, exceptionally inventive Jazz of a kind that isn’t even found on obscure collector record labels very much anymore. Despite Fagen’s remark that the album is “basically for tenor freaks,” it’s got enough spirit to appeal to just about anybody.


It’s evident that a lot of care went into the making of Apogee. To begin with, the right rhythm section had to be found. Lou Levy, the pianist turned in an astonishing performance of Warne Marsh’s album All Music [Nessa Records]. His rich, deftly placed, chording frames the tenor solos brilliantly and his own improvisations are fresh and consistently inventive. Bassist Jim Hughart and drummer Nick Ceroli kick things along without getting in the way of the soloists. They are a living embodiment of that “good and forward propelling directionality” as Gunther Schuller once called swing, but not once are they overbearing about it.


The Warner Brothers LP version of Apogee was released in 1978 but tapes with more music from the September 15, 1978 sessions on which bassist Jim Hughart also served as recording engineer eventually found their way to Gerry Teekens who in 1991, released them as two CD’s on his Criss Cross Jazz label: Conversations with Warne: Pete Christlieb Quartet Vol. 1 [Criss 1043] and Conversations with Warne: Pete Christlieb Quartet Vol. 2 [Criss 1103].


The three discs contain 25 tracks of some of the most astonishing two tenor saxophone ever produced in the context of modern Jazz, especially for its harmonic content and approach which is what distinguishes Warne and Pete from previous tenor saxophone duos.


Yet, for all their harmonic density, a lightness of touch and agility shines through each of these performances which serves to demonstrate some rather capricious intelligence at work here.


Very few musicians have the talent and ability to create Jazz on this level: “Magna-tism,” indeed.


Pete Christlieb explains how it all came about in the following insert notes to
Conversations with Warne:


“During the 1970's in Los Angeles, I met Warne Marsh at a rehearsal with Clare Fischer's Big Band. The tenors sat together so we shook hands while Clare counted of Lenny's Pennies. Playing Tristano's line for the first time was like trying to change the fan belt on a car while it's running. We traded choruses and eights, which provided our formal introduction as I remember. Aware of Warne's reputation I was thrilled when he mentioned that one of his students had brought in my first album. I thought he was going to be critical about it, and rightfully so but to my surprise, he said that by analyzing the solos, he was able to teach with it.


After the rehearsal, we talked for awhile and he told me things about my playing I didn't know I was doing.


[Alto sax/flutist] Gary Foster was there when our meeting took place ten years ago, and just the other day he reminded me that I mistakenly addressed Warne a ‘Warno' during that conversation. We all knew a saxophone player by the name of Arno Marsh. Consequently, his great sense of humor kept me from looking even dumber. He asked for some extra copies of my album; and I told him this would be no problem because most of them were still in my garage.


Months later I received an invitation from my friend Jim Hughart to come by and listen to a trio recording session he was producing for Warne. Hearing this group with Jim on bass and Nick Ceroli on drums, I noticed that the absence of piano made Warne sound more abstract and complex white creating a melodically defined harmonic atmosphere.


Warne and Jim were creating enough of the harmonic image to make me realize that they actually didn't need piano. I asked Warne if he had any plans to add piano later and his reply swiftly nailed the question to the wall. 'I like to work this way because it gives me more freedom and avoids any harmonic conflict with an unfamiliar player. Do you realize that every time he puts his hands on the keyboard he's telling you what to do? Lenny was my piano player, and if I can't get him, I would just as soon work alone.' Then jokingly he added, 'Besides we're splitting his bread.'


Limping back to the booth, I began to ponder my first lesson about asking questions and during the next take, my ears told me everything I wanted to know anyway.


Playing together, this trio sounded as if they were controlled by one mind. Utilizing complete control of a seemingly endless source of melodic, harmonic, and rhythmic options, Warne Marsh created, without sounding mechanical, and his music was an inspiration.


After the session, we listened to the tape several times, allowing Warne the opportunity to making a decision. He was very critical of himself and that decision was made after several hours of 'Well, I don't know, play the first one again.'


When they decided to end this incredibly artistic evening, I couldn't hide my feelings toward being left out. I asked Warne if he would consider making an
album with me. His reply to my question was 'Yes!’ We decided to use the same rhythm section and start a month later.


It is important to mention that all of the material for the trio album was improvised over the chord changes from standard tunes and our quartet album was planned the same way. I learned here that having this artistic freedom placed enormous responsibility upon all of us during take-offs and landings. Needless to say, we crashed a few before attaining that synchronization.


With high expectations, we began our first album by recording several tunes in a row without repeating. This helped to avoid boredom and the inevitable case of 'the claw.’


The intensity within our combined efforts drove us to the point of mental and physical exhaustion. As a result, none of us felt that Jazz history had been made that night, however we all agreed to the fact that something good was going to happen. Considering this first session as an opportunity for group familiarization and direction, we decided to quit for the night.


A few days later with fresh ears, Jim and I got together and listened to the tape. We then realized that our efforts had in fact measured up to those high expectations. Warne and I traded thoughts during improvisation throughout the entire session, making me believe that this was no fluke. I can attribute this uncanny rapport to the fact that we had mutual intentions for the creation of music, rather than ‘note-atomic war'.


Considering all of the great players Warne had worked with, it would be presumptuous of me to say that this was a first for him. To me, however, this meant that many of those records in my collection featuring two well known tenor players, now represented the sword fight in a pirate picture. These records did provide many hours of inspiration, and besides, it was a chance to get two great players for the price of one. Having this melodic form of conversation as another creative option, we made it a point to have Jim and Nick lay out periodically during our second session. At one point we began to improvise together in harmony and after hearing this back, we all got goose bumps.


Over the next few months, we were able to develop a telepathic relationship and our communication remained constant even during 180 MPH tempos.


While our working relationship grew stronger over these months so did my curiosity of his unique approach to improvising. One day he played something very melodic and dissonant at the same time while offsetting or displacing the phrase in double time feel. 'How did you do that?' I asked him. He said, 'You don't want to get involved, it will only confuse you.' He did however agree to write out a lesson plan for me to look at later.


The plan called for a phrase to be composed four bars long and memorized. You start the metronome at a reasonable tempo and begin playing your phrase an eighth of a beat later. Now start your phrase on the quarter and so on. Be sure to take plenty of change along with you to call home [when you get lost].


Designed to develop your mental dexterity, this exercise was set aside because it was, in fact, confusing to me at the time, I needed to be fluent and uninhibited.


Another option I learned from him, was to build on a phrase by imitating or inverting the previous one. Connecting them will improve your melodic flow and even more important, make you think.


There were many other things Warne did that became an influence on my playing as a result of our association, I am reminded of that fact every time I get the opportunity to play.


My influence on his playing, I feel, after listening to the tape was a combination of two things. His tone became brighter and my time feel persuaded him to play with more intensity. This subtle influence comes as an enormous compliment and those who knew him can tell you that Warne Marsh was a dedicated innovator.


Warne's early influences were probably the same great players we all listened to for inspiration, but he never let them dictate his thoughts. My tribute to this kind and dedicated man lies in the fact that Warne Marsh was to the Jazz tenor saxophone, truly an original.”


Forever his student,
Pete Christlieb


Ken Nordine - 1920-2019 R.I.P.

$
0
0
The editorial staff at JazzProfiles received the news of Ken's death on February 16, 2019 and thought it might be nice to salute him with this poem and graphic while it puts together a more detailed feature on this most unique contributor to the Jazz oeuvre. 


"The Great Herb Geller"

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


“Another true professional is Herb Geller. He has that special sound of the older altoists like Benny Carter. But the lines and the phrasing are modern. Like Bud Shank he was also typecasted as a West Coast player but he burns from the first note on, also a musician beyond category. His knowledge of standards is amazing. He knows a lot of obscure standards that very few people play. He is a modest man who looks like a retired English office clerk but he is a monster of an alto player. He has a superb timing and a great swing feel. He likes steady drummers which I can imagine if you worked for drummers like Shelly Manne. So with Herb I am really nailing the time down while keeping it lightly. With the Rein de Graaff Trio and trumpet player John Marshall we recorded a Gigi Gryce project. Herb did a tremendous job on researching all of the music and transcribed a lot of the original arrangements from records. The recording came off beautifully. He is a real gentleman and working with him is a great pleasure.”
Eric Ineke, in The Ultimate Sideman


"Herb Geller is a monster."
Johnny Mandel, composer


Gene Lees Ad Libitum &
Jazzletter
September 2005


The Great Herb Geller


“From time to time, one hears some talking head on television decrying the effects of the Internet. One of the laments is that it isolates people and makes them lonely. This is, to use a term from the 1930s (or earlier), pure hooey. On the contrary, it lets people, especially older people, establish and maintain contact, and it has a peculiar ability to create and sustain friendships. This happened to me most recently with the great alto saxophonist Herb Geller, whom I had admired for years yet never met. That is because he has lived for more than forty years in Germany, and he is not as well known in America as he deserves to be. He comes back from time to time but never long enough to consolidate a beachhead before he returns to Hamburg, where he has had a long career playing with and arranging and composing for the Norddeutscher Rundfunk, that is to say the North German radio and television networks. The German networks don't just play records, they put musicians on staff in both symphony orchestras and jazz bands, both big and small, doing far more for this music than American broadcasting has ever dreamed of doing. He also has had a busy career teaching and, in the months of his vacation time, playing gigs all over Europe.


"Herb Geller is a monster," composer Johnny Mandel said recently.


Herb was born in Los Angeles on November 2, 1928, and was playing with Joe Venuti by the same he was eighteen.


Herb said, "In 1946,I was going to L.A. City College. I was taking a course for musicians on how to play in the studios, play all sorts of different styles. There was a guy named Dick Pierce who started a band, using a lot of these musicians. He had some arrangements made. Copies of Lunceford style things. He wanted me to play tenor. He had a friend who wanted to play lead alto. I was not fond of his concept, although he was a competent player.


"Stan Getz came to town. He had just left Benny Goodman. He wanted to put in his Los Angeles union card. At that time, you had to live there six months without doing certain kinds of studio or recording work. You could do occasional things. Club dates. But you couldn't work in a steady job. This leader said he wanted to put Stan Getz on the solo tenor and me on the second tenor. I said, 'Yeah, that's cool. I'm not much of a tenor player anyway.' So Stan came in and we become good friends. I said, 'I'd really like to take some lessons from you.' He had an apartment, he and Beverly, his first wife, near Western and Santa Monica. I went to the place and Stan asked me who I liked on tenor. And I said I'd been listening to Ben Webster and Coleman Hawkins and Chu Berry. He said, 'Uh-uhn. Listen to Lester Young.' I spent three or four hours there. We drank some wine. He'd show me things. 'Here's a lick that I practice.' He showed me some minor chromatic thing." Herb sang it. "Stan said, 'Learn that.'


'"Okay, great.' At that time he was holding his tenor like Lester Young, out to the side. He showed me all these things, and then he said, 'No, you need another mouthpiece. Here, take this one.' He gave me a mouthpiece and said, 'Here, that will get you that Lester Young sound.'


"He and Beverly had a child, no money. I was living at home with my parents. I said, 'How much money for the lesson?' He said, 'Nothing.' He spent all that time with me and even gave me a mouthpiece. And I think it was the best lesson I ever had in my life about how to play jazz.


"Another time, I was visiting London. I had just finished a little tour, and Tubby Hayes was on it. We were good friends. I wasn't working, I was just there for a few days and I wanted to see some show. Tubby said, 'Where are you staying?' I told him the name of the hotel, somewhere around Piccadilly. He said, 'Come and stay at my house. My girlfriend just left me, and I've got a whole big house.' I moved into his house.


"That night he was going to play at Ronnie Scott's club. I went to the club. And Stan Getz was there. He was playing somewhere else. And he immediately came up to Tubby and said, 'Hey, let's hang out tonight. Let's go to the Playboy Club.' I was on a limited budget, and Tubby didn't have any money. I said, 'I don't think that's such a good idea.' Stan said, 'Come on, I'll pay your way.' So we went. He paid the admission. He said, 'You guys want to gamble?' He gave us each ten pounds. I went to the roulette table and bet on black. It came up red about four times, and I was out. And Tubby lost his at the craps table. We stayed out till late, just talking. To me, Stan was one of the most generous, nicest people, plus an idol. To me he was the epitome of a great jazz musician."


"Yes," I said, "and he left Beverly, strung out, in Los Angeles in a motel room with no food for herself or the baby. A friend called Stan in New York and told him the condition she was in and said he should do something about it, and Stan said he would and he had her declared an unfit mother and took the child from her.


"She was Buddy Stewart's sister. Dave Lambert was like their older brother. Stan strung her out on heroin and then abandoned her. In 1962 in New York, Bill Rubinstein, whom I met when he was Carmen McRae's pianist, took me to some bar in the Village. You could hear someone singing in a back room, and I said, 'Who the hell is that?' Bill said, 'Come on back and I'll introduce you.' It was Beverly. She was about thirty-six as I recall, but her teeth were gone and she looked sixty. God! Could she sing. But Dave never forgave Stan for what he did to her. Nobody ever hated Stan Getz the way Dave Lambert did."


Herb said, "I saw her once in New York. She had no teeth."


I have known only three musicians who actually liked Stan Getz: Johnny Mandel, Lou Levy, and Herb Geller. When I made the mistake of saying to drummer Kenny Washington, whose mind is a well-stocked encyclopedia of jazz history, that I'd met only a handful of jazz musicians I disliked, he said gleefully, "Who are they?"


"Well," I began, "Stan Getz


"Yeah, but he's on everybody's list," Kenny said.


So what Herb told me about Stan is about the best I ever heard of him, although there is one thing about Stan I admired: he was the only man I ever knew who managed to cheat Norman Schwartz.


Herb moved to New York in 1949, and performed and recorded with the glorious Claude Thornhill band.


In New York he met pianist Lorraine Walsh, who had been playing with the Sweethearts of Rhythm. Herb took her away from all that in 1951 by marrying her and whisking her off to Los Angeles, where she performed with Shorty Rogers, Red Mitchell, Stan Getz, Dizzy Gillespie, and Charlie Parker. Herb worked with Maynard Ferguson (1954-56), Shorty Rogers, Bill Holman (in 1954,  and then again from 1957-59), and his own quartet. In 1952, Herb played with Billy May's big band. In 1955, Lorraine and Herb made an album called The Gellers with Red Mitchell and Mel Lewis.


Herb said, "Nesuhi Ertegun wanted to record me in New York. He said, 'Think of a project.' And I said that whatever it was, I wanted Scott LaFaro on it. My favorite pianist was Hank Jones. At that time a lot of people were doing show albums. I had seen Gypsy, It had a great score. Jule Styne did the music, Stephen Sondheim did the lyrics. I said, "How about doing the music from Gypsy? And Nesuhi said, 'Okay.' I started writing and I told Hank Jones that I needed a trumpet player and a drummer, and he said, 'Get my two brothers.' So Scotty was thrilled about that.


"I'm walking down the street, down Broadway, and I ran into this girl, black girl. She said, 'Herb, don't you remember me? I sat in with Shelly's band when you were in Milwaukee. And I sang.' I said, 'Oh yeah!' She was a fantastic singer. I told her I was doing a show album and she should sing a couple of the tunes. I called Nesuhi and told him and he said, 'Okay, I'll take a chance.'


"I rehearsed with her. I showed her the four tunes and she learned them immediately. We were recording the whole thing in two days. I got there the first day and Elvin Jones was not there."


"Oh oh," I said. Elvin had that reputation.


"I called up and he was still sleeping. I said we could rehearse the girl until Elvin got there. And she spoke in a whisper. She said, 'I lost my voice.' Her husband, who was a trumpet player, said, 'Every time she gets into the studio, she loses her voice. But don't worry about it. I know how to fix it.' He disappeared for about ten minutes and came back with a small bottle of vodka. And she took it right down, the whole bottle. And her voice was back. But she couldn't sing!


"The second day, I was really under the gun. I had to catch a flight at 7 o'clock that evening, pick up my car, and drive to Las Vegas, because I was opening that night at the Flamingo Hotel with Louis Bellson's band. I'd never played with the band before. The band was playing in the lounge, and Louis said, 'I've got five or six arrangements featuring you.' He'd had them written for me.


"So I was under a lot of pressure that day. And Elvin Jones didn't show up again. He came about an hour late. There was one song called Some People. I love it but it's the hardest tune I ever played. The harmony moves very fast at that tempo. At the end of about an hour and a half, Hank said, 'I have to leave. You told me the date was only three hours long.' I had promised Nesuhi we wouldn't go overtime. So Hank split. So we did one song without piano. There was one song, the Cow Song. I asked Scotty if he could do it solo. It was a little high, but he did it beautifully. Billy Taylor came in for the last tune, and we finished the date.


"I get to the airplane and make the flight to L.A. I get in my car to go to Las Vegas. At that time there was no freeway. It was July. I get out on the desert and I get a blowout. It seemed like it was 150 degrees. I changed the tire and went a few more miles and another tire blew out. The heat had just exploded the tires. And I'm stuck in the middle of the desert. I hadn't slept, and I kept thinking about the record date.

"I hitch-hiked. I got a ride to a gas station. The guy said he could get the tire in about two days. I called Louis Bellson. We were supposed to start at eight. It was now about six in the evening. He says, 'Don't worry. Pearl is going to pick you up. Tell me where you are exactly.'


"There was no air conditioning in this place, just a fan. I got a bottle of wine. Then this big Cadillac pulls up. Hey, honey chile. Pearl drove me to the motel, I took a shower and shaved and hit the stage. The first number was Just One of Those Things at a tempo like this." He tapped out a very fast tempo. "I soloed all the way through on an arrangement I had never played before.


"They were two of the most hectic days of my life. And that's the story of the Gypsy album."


Lorraine Geller died of pulmonary edema, the consequence of severe asthma, at the age of thirty on October 13, 1958.


"After she died," Herb said. "I went through a very bad time. Depression and drugs and whatever. I just didn't have a great desire to live. I was always working. I never was out of a job. But I didn't want to play any more. I put our house up for sale.


"I was working at a strip tease club. When I didn't have a good gig, I could always work there. And one night a lady I knew called me and asked, 'Are you playing somewhere tonight?' I said, 'I'm playing at a club.' It was a place called The Pink Pussycat on Santa Monica Boulevard. She said, 'A good friend of yours wants to drop by, and he wants to surprise you.' I said, 'Okay.' I was in the middle of Night Train and in walked Stan Getz.


"All kind of jazz musicians played there. The people there liked me. I knew all the tunes. Lorraine had worked with Stan. Stan and I were talking, and he said, 'Herb, you should go to Europe.'


"I said, 'I might do that.'


"He said, I’ll tell you what I'll do. Go to Copenhagen. I know some people there.” He lived there for a while. He played at a club called the Montmartre. That was the jazz club. He said, I’ll write the people and tell them that you're coming.' He wrote the letter, which was very nice. We were very good friends.


"The house finally was sold, and I sold my car. I bought a one-way ticket to Copenhagen. And two days before I was to leave, I got a call from Benny Goodman to go to South America. I cashed my ticket in. I flew to New York and we rehearsed and we went on tour in South America. We ended up in Sao Paulo, Brazil. And every night I was going to a club and jamming. It was a dance place, but they were playing bossa nova and light jazz. The owner was a piano player. He said, 'If you were staying here, you could play here all the time.' I said, 'Well I've got no reason to go back. I can stay. Will you pay me so much money per week?' He said, 'Yes.' The rest of the Goodman orchestra left. Mousey Alexander was the drummer. Buck Clayton, Arvell Shaw and Bob Wilber were on that band. I said good-bye and they went back to New York.


"I stayed in Sao Paulo for close to two months. And I got tired of it. It was New Year's Eve and I got very depressed. They were playing bad music that night, and I didn't even play. I just sat there. I said, I’m leaving.' I cashed my couple of Benny Goodman checks and I booked a boat on the Italian line, the Julio Cesar. I had to go to Rio for a couple of days. The boat was sailing from there to Naples. Just before I was to leave, this guy who was the manager of a Brazilian comic approached me. They were going to do a show in Portugal. He said, 'Get off the boat in Lisbon, and work with us for two weeks, and you can make a little money.'


"I got off at Lisbon, and the people arrived to do the show a couple of days later. We started to play. It was January, and it was ice cold. We played in the pit with gloves on. I was supposed to go on the stage and play a rock-and-roll number with this comic. I refused to do it. The worst thing was that the band was so out of tune. We couldn't get in tune because of the cold. I got back to the hotel, and I said to the night manager, 'Is there a plane leaving for Paris?' He said, 'Yes, there's one leaving at eight o'clock.' I said, 'Book me a ticket.'


"In the morning, just as I was leaving, I ran into the manager who booked me. He said, 'Where are you going?' I said, 'Sorry, man, I just can't do it.' He was very nice and even suggested a nice hotel I could stay at in Paris.


"I got to Paris. And I looked at the newspaper and Kenny Clarke and Kenny Drew were playing at the Blue Note. I went to the club that night, and Kenny Drew said, 'Hey, we've got some gigs coming up. Do you want to do them, in a quartet?' So I started working immediately. Then I was doing a radio show for a while, and I was in Paris four or five months."


They played a concert in West Berlin.


Herb said, "The Wall had gone up about a year before. In the band were some very good musicians, and there was a great band at Sender Freiess Berlin, which translates Radio Free Berlin. Nat Peck was in the band, and Benny Bailey. And Joe Harris, who had been the drummer with Dizzy Gillespie, and Ake Persson, marvelous trombone player from Sweden, and Ack Van Rooyen and his brother Gerry Van Roy en. Ack plays trumpet and fluegelhorn, and Jerry was the arranger and composer for the band. Ack is still very active but Jerry is retired with Parkinson's. They said, 'Why don't you join the band here?' They said it's great here, spies and intrigue, and all kinds of things going on.


"There were two radio stations sending propaganda into the east, that one and RIAS in the American sector. That stands for Radio in the American Sector. Francy Boland and Ake Persson were in the RIAS band. Francy was mostly writing. I gave up my apartment in Paris and moved to Berlin, which is where I met my wife. Her maiden name is Christine Rabsch. Her father was a music professor and a close friend of Paul Hindemith. We met in September, 1962, got married in December, and the baby was born in July. Figure it out. We've been married for forty-three years.


"I was in Berlin for three years, and then I had a falling out with the contractor, who was being paid by the radio. He wasn't a hundred percent honest. He owed me some money for some things he had promised. I quit, and we were getting ready to move back to Los Angeles with our baby girl. Then I got a telephone call from a dear friend of mine, Rolf Kuhn, the clarinet player. I knew him from New York. He was sort of a protege of Benny Goodman's. He said, 'I'm leaving the Hamburg radio orchestra and I've recommended you to take my place.'


"I said, 'We're leaving for Los Angeles, but we haven't got our tickets yet.' He said, 'Well come to Hamburg.' So I went there for five days and did an audition, and they hired me. That was in 1965.

"Leo Wright replaced me in the SFB band, and later Carmel Jones and Al Porcino came into that band. Sad to say that both stations no longer have big bands.

"So instead of going to Los Angeles, we moved our furniture and everything to Hamburg. It was more money than I was making in Berlin. We worked for nine months a year but we were paid for thirteen. All medical bills for the whole family, including dental, were covered. Glasses! Hearing aid!" He laughed. "It was a good gig! And every year we got a raise to compensate for inflation."


Soon he was also teaching. He became a professor at the Hamburg and Bremen conservatories, teaching composition and arranging, among other things.
"I had started playing the flute. There was a drunken American soldier in a club, and he needed some money, and he sold me his flute. I started practicing three or four hours every day. I thought, If I go back to L.A., it gives me a good double. I played clarinet, but I had never played flute. And then they told me I could arrange for the orchestra in Hamburg and make extra money. I'd written only a few arrangements in my life. And here was a chance to develop my arranging skills. And composing also. So I figured I'd stay a couple of years and get my flute chops and learn the oboe and the English horn. And get a bass clarinet, everything to compete in L.A.


"So I got very busy. And every year, during our summer vacation, we'd visit L.A. All the studio guys said things were bad and nobody was working. I'd always made several recordings a week while I was in L.A., film backgrounds and whatever. They said, 'What kind of job do you have?' and I told them, and they said, 'Stay there! Can you get us on the gig?'


"The Vietnam war was on. I said, 'I'm not going to stay here and pay taxes for that.


"So I went back to Hamburg. After five years, they said, 'You can't have this contract any more.' I had a contract with extras, the same as Rolf Kuhn. I conducted the orchestra eleven times a year. I had four combo productions and fifteen solo titles. I'd write an arrangement, get paid for it, play the solo, get paid for it, conduct the band, get paid for it. Above and beyond the salary. Then they said, 'You can't have the contract any more. You either join the band as a regular member, but you're on the highest pay scale, or you have to leave.' And the Viet Nam war was getting worse, so I said, 'I have to make a choice. Either Richard Nixon or Willie Brandt.' I chose Mr. Brandt, because I really liked him. So we stayed, and our second son was born, and we bought a house."


As Herb and I talked, I kept noticing that he spoke like someone else I knew. It was really disconcerting me and then I got it. He talks quite a bit like my almost-lifelong friend the bassist Hal Gaylor. I told Herb that. Herb said:


"This is a coincidence. I was doing a tour of Ireland. There's a legendary Irish guitar player."


"Louis Stewart?" I asked.


"You got it," Herb said. "Did I tell you this story?"


"Nope. I just know who he is."


"Well the agent said, 'I've got three days for you in Ireland. I've got all the musicians for you everywhere except Ireland, and the promoters are going to get you those.' I said, 'Is there any chance I can play with Louis Stewart?' Because I'd heard so much about him. And there was a pause and the woman said, 'I never want to hear that name again.'


"The first gig was okay. For the next two gigs, Louis Stewart was to join us. The second night, the promoter, an amateur tenor player, wanted to jam with us, so we had to play the tunes he knew. It was rather depressing.


"Meanwhile, I heard the story of what had happened. The agent had booked Louis Stewart on a tour and he was the leader and he didn't like the rhythm section and after about the third gig, he disappeared. Nobody knew where he was; he was hidden somewhere. And that's why she didn't want to hear the name again.


"Well on my third gig with him, we were playing at the Bank of Ireland at the Fine Arts Center in Dublin. Beautiful hall. This time we were going to play some real tunes. I pulled out some things I thought didn't require any rehearsal. We were in a small wardrobe. There was a piano there. And there was a big sign saying, 'Smoking not allowed. We have smoke detectors.' And Louis Stewart was sitting underneath the sign, smoking a cigarette. I said, 'Louis, we go on in a few minutes. And the sign says No Smoking.' He said, 'Oh don't worry about it, man.'


"Now he lived in Dublin and had played here before. We go on the stage and the first tune we play is The Red Door, Zoot Sims' tune. I played the melody and did some choruses. No piano. He starts playing a solo. I look over at him. And smoke is coming out of him. And all of a sudden it started smelling bad. I tried to be real cool. I said, 'Louis, you're on fire, man.' He said, 'Don't worry about it, man, don't worry about it.' And he finishes his choruses. He had a lit cigarette in his pocket, and it burned a big hole in his jacket. He was very calm about it. We played the rest of the gig, and everything was cool.


"We were going from the second gig to the third. We were driving. I'm telling a story about a little band I had together in Cincinnati, Ohio. He said, 'Who was in that band?' I said, 'I had a guitar player named Billy Bean.' And all of a sudden he gets hysterical. He says, 'Billy Bean! That's my favorite guitar player.'"


"That's the connection," Herb said. "I really liked Billy Bean, but I had never thought of him with such lofty praise.


I said, "Yeah, Hal Gaylor loved him."


"Louis said, 'What happened to him?' And I said, 'I have no idea.' Well, I get back to Hamburg. About a week later, I get a letter from a man named Seth Greenberg. He said, 'I'm writing a biography on Billy Bean, and I'm sending you some pictures to download.' One of them was with Hal Gaylor. I recognized Don Payne in one of them. I told the guy, 'I really can't tell you much. I worked with him one summer for about six weeks in Cincinnati, Ohio, in 1960. He was a great player. And this guy said, 'Billy gave up on life about thirty years ago and just stays home.' I said, 'Can you give me his telephone number?' He gave me a number. I tried it about twenty times. There was never any answer. Once I got a busy signal. That was encouraging. Scotty worked with him too. Billy had worked with Tony Bennett."


"So had Hal. And Hal and Billy Bean had a trio with Walter Norris on piano. I believe Walter is living in Berlin."


"He is," Herb said. "I saw Walter two months ago. I played a gig there. My daughter was with me and we went to his house for dinner. He doesn't play much any more."

Herb said, "I compose a lot. I sit there and I'll get an idea. I'll write it out and edit it and edit it. Then I'll say, 'Okay, let's see what it sounds like on the saxophone.' Transpose up quick.


"Even if a tune is not finished, you should try to finish it somehow. And then I can always go back and correct it. I can write a tune in ten minutes and then edit for a month. I'll transpose it for alto, and think, 'Oh my gosh, this is much better.' I'll immediately find things to do that improve it, although on the piano I thought it was perfect." He laughed. "But somehow, you put the horn in your mouth, and the way I breathe and the way I live changes it. I make a quick note of it on the computer."


I said, "I have a theory that anyone who plays more than one instrument plays the second one with the influence of the first. And since Scott LaFaro played saxophone before he took up bass, that may to some extent explain his melodicism. Oscar Peterson played trumpet, and I think you can hear it in the playing, that bright projection. Bill Evans played flute. Bob Magnusson played French horn before he played bass. Jack DeJohnette played piano before he played drums. John Guerin played tenor before he played drums. I think what you hear is the conception of the other instrument."


Herb said, "I heard a solo album by Hank Jones, playing like Tatum. He was doing his own thing, but it was like a tribute to Tatum. I didn't know he could play like that."


"I heard Jimmy Smith do the same thing at a party at Sarah Vaughan's house. He was playing piano, and he sounded so much like Tatum."


"Jimmy Smith, the organ player?"


"Yep. Piano was his original instrument. He said, 'Well, that's my Art Tatum imitation for the evening,' and walked away from the piano."


Herb said, "I'm not a fan of organ. Two years ago I played an event for Ken Poston [Los Angeles Jazz Institute]. And I was very good friends with Benny Carter."


"Oh. Dear dear Benny," I said.


"I finished my set. It was like a jam session. And I walked out, and a car pulled up, and it was Benny Carter and his biographer, Ed Berger. And Benny said, 'I came here especially to hear you.' And I said, 'Well, you missed it.' We sat together for the next set and there was an organ and it was very, very loud. And it was hurting me, and I was concerned for Benny's health. Benny said, 'Herb, did you ever make any records with organ?' I said, 'I think I made one. I sat in once with Wild Bill Davis in Atlantic City.' He said, 'I did two records — the first and last. I never did it again.'"


I said, "It's an instrument that can overpower anything with its loud pedal."


"Yeah," Herb said, "You can't compete with it."


I said, "I'll tell you a story about that. Joe Mooney was a good friend of mine. He was playing a gig and singing, and you know how softly he sang. Remember his Nina Never Knew with Sauter-Finegan? Well that night, it was a rich, loud crowd and the gig was in a very noisy club somewhere on Central Park South. And Joe gave up singing that night, since nobody was listening, and just played organ, and he kept raising the level with that pedal in order just to be heard. And at the end of the set, he sat down with me, and said, 'Well, I didn't shut them up, but I sure had them crescendo-ing like hell.'"


"He played accordion too," Herb said.


"And piano. A lovely, sweet, gentle man. I never knew anyone who bore misfortune with so little lament. He had been crippled by polio and he was blind, and yet he remained a really funny cat. I remember when he moved back to Florida from New York, he said, 'If this is the Apple, there's a worm in it.' And when I asked him if he had a swimming pool in Florida, he said, 'No, I'll just go out and dive in the dew on the grass.'


I came to know Herb Geller when Alastair Robertson, the proprietor of the small British Hep label, told me that he was producing an album by Herb Geller of some of the songs of Arthur Schwartz. I suppose somebody else may have done that before, but I don't know about it. And I have always admired Schwartz, ranking him close to Jerome Kern as one of our greatest melodists. The recording was to include Dancing in the Dark, I'll Be Tired of You, Alone Together, I See Your Face Before Me, Come A-Wandering with Me, By Myself, Haunted Heart, A Gal in Calico, I Guess I'll Have to Change My Plan, You and the Night and the Music, They're Either Too Young or Too Old, Oh But I Do , Something You Never Had Before, Something to Remember You By, and That's Entertainment.


Listening to it, I realized I hadn't heard Herb Geller in years. Whitney Balliett once aptly defined jazz as the "sound of surprise." But listening to this CD, one might add that it is also the sound of discovery, which of course can be the cause of the surprise. Herb Geller gets into phrases and whole tunes in unexpected ways. Herb is absolutely individual. He sounds like no else, and no one sounds like Herb. He has a unique approach to inflection, a full tone, and a slow romantic vibrato, whether he is playing alto or soprano saxophone, which he does on I'll Be Tired of You, By Myself and I Guess I'll Have to Change My Plan. And of course he's inexhaustibly inventive.


He is abetted in the enterprise by a lovely British rhythm section that includes John Pearce, piano, who has worked with Jack Parnell, Robert Farnon, Conte Candoli, Art Farmer, Eddie Daniels and Peggy Lee. The bassist is Len Skeat who had worked with Ruby Braff, Scott Hamilton, Joe Newman, and Bob Wilbur. The drummer is Bobby Worth. It's a lovely, sensitive rhythm section.


When I played the CD for Roger Kellaway, he looked shocked at the opening phrase of Dancing in the Dark, and said after barely a moment's pause: "It's joyous! It's such joyous music!" And after a minute more, "And such romantic music. It's so inventive, and so effortless. There's no sense of trying. He has complete command and doesn't even have to think about it.


"That's what we all strive to achieve."


At the end of November, 1993, Herb was automatically pensioned from the NDR on 60 percent of salary. "December 1 was my first day of freedom !" he said.


"I've done a few things there since then. I subbed for a week for the second altoist, and I was honored with a concert for my seventieth birthday, and a few years ago I did a concert for them with Charlie Mariano.


"In October I'll be doing a concert for them, playing the solos on the Marty Paich arrangements for the Art Pepper Plus Eleven album."


One can only hope that it is recorded and, eventually, released. We have heard far too little of Herb Geller in recent years on this side of the Atlantic.”

[Herb died in 2013 at the age of eighty-five]



Ken Nordine: 1920-2019

$
0
0
© -Steven A. Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


“Ken Nordine, yea I know that guy, I heard his voice 1000 times, he's the guy in the hits station that says "go ahead I'll keep an eye on your stuff for you," and you see him the next day walking around town wearing your clothes.


He broadcasts from the boiler room of the Wilmot Hotel with 50,000 watts of power. I know that voice, he's the guy with the pitchfork in your head saying go ahead and jump, and he's the ambulance driver who tells you you're going to pull thru.


He's the guy in the control tower who talked you down in a storm with a hole in your fuselage and both engines on fire.


I heard him barking thru the Rose Alley Carnival strobe as samurai firemen were pulling hose.


Yea he's the dispatcher with the heart of gold, the only guy up this late on the suicide hotline.


Ken Nordine is the real angel sitting on the wire in the tangled matrix of cobwebs that holds the whole attic together.


Yea Ken Nordine, he's the switchboard operator at the Taft Hotel, the only place in town you can get a drink at this hour.


You know Ken Nordine, he's the lite in the icebox, he's the blacksmith on the anvil in your ear.”
-Tom Waits, 1990


“Much more than the creator of Word Jazz, Ken was a true mensch. He gave
back to the community in many ways -- major support for the Chicago jazz
community and the Chicago Film Festival are two that I know about, and
he did it for years. I met him a few times to show him new audio gear
for his home studio, one of the most professional and best equipped in
Chicago. Once I brought him a radically new microphone that was well
suited for recording sound effects, which were quite important to him We
spent a half hour or so together exploring the possibilities. This was
about 35 years ago, so he would have been in his early '60s then, and he
had a very inquiring mind.


After moving to Chicago in 1964, it took me a while to realize Ken
didn't have a single voice, he had many, each distinctively different.
He was a real institution in Chicago broadcasting circles, as well and
in the community at large.
- Jim Brown, audio engineer and sound systems

“Word Jazz has spanned three generations - missed by most, appreciated by the knowing, and awaiting discovery by those with adventurous ears.”
- Irwin Chusid, WFMU, East Orange, NJ


Ken Nordine died on February 16, 2019 and the editorial  staff at JazzProfiles wanted to remember him on these pages with a selection of writings about him and his work. He would have been 99 years of age on April 13, 2019.


The following are Irwin Chusid’s insert notes to the compilation Word Beat CD [Rhino R2 70773] with selections drawn from the Dot Records Word Jazz LPs, which is how many of us first came to know Ken.


These are followed by a story about Ken that appeared in The Chicago Tribune in 1993 that reflects on the later years of his career and the obituary that appeared in the same paper following his passing.


“You can hear Ken Nordine. but you can't see him. In a sense, he's everywhere.


As Jeff Lind pointed out in the Illinois Entertainer: "Nordine would make an excellent subject for one of those American Express commercials — millions have heard his voice on radio and TV  - but virtually no one except his family and business associates would recognize him on the streets."


He's hawked Taster's Choice, Chevrolet, Gallo wines - each, on an estimated 300-400 radio and TV spots a year. You heard him this week and didn't know it.


Commercial voiceovers are what Nordine does for a living. But what does he do for fun? Word Jazz, which he describes as "a thought, followed by a thought, followed by a thought, ad infinitum; a kind of wonder-wandering."


This Rhino collection offers a provocative sampling from Nordine's four volumes of Word Jazz released on Dot Records from 1957-60. With contemporaries like Kerouac, Miles, Lenny Bruce, and Ernie Kovacs, Word Jazz set the stage for the surrealistic mind expansion of the '60s.


Neither strictly jazz nor traditionally musical, Word Jazz explores the nether recesses of one man's whimsical thought processes, a sort of Kafkaesque CAT-scan. Conventional logic leaves the studio, while Absurdity and Humor commandeer the console. The Chicago Reader, in tribute to his "multichannel madness," referred to Nordine as "The Man With the 24-Track Mind."


Plot a map of the Word Jazz kingdom and it would resemble a Candyland game board — if the Mad Hatter wrote the rulebook. There's Adult Kindergarten, where mayors and plastic-awning salesmen hold jam sessions on tabletops and wastebaskets - as therapy. Here's a man, obsessed with Reaching Into In: "...hope grips him by the neck, faith bear-hugs his middle, charity twists against him with toeholds. Three to one isn't fair."


Faces In The Jazzamatazz haunts the Second City's boulevards, "striking matches against the old Chicago midnight," exploring the expressions of hipsters, high rollers, and those "hiccupping home to hangover."


Original Sin and What Time Is It? are fables about "regular guys," whose routines are disrupted, respectively, by mice and an anonymous, persistent 2am phone prankster. In Hunger Is From, Ken goes straight for the refrigerator and never leaves the kitchen: in Down The Drain, he begins with a "sitting down shower" and ends up doing the backstroke in the Caribbean.


During a 1980 interview with Studs Terkel on WFMT in Chicago, Nordine demonstrated Word Jazz's spontaneous evolution: "Suppose I wanted to write a book, an extraordinary book, different from any book ever written. I'd call it Crumple. Each page would be complete in and of itself, and be crumpled and placed in a large cylinder. To read the book, you'd reach in, take out a page, uncrumple and read it, crumple it up, put it back, and take out another. Pages could be read in random order. There could even be suicide notes in it." Add a flute lo this scenario, along with some offbeat trap drums, and - voila! - a Word Jazz is born.


The inventor of this an form was born in Cherokee. Iowa, to Swedish immigrant parents, but his family moved to Chicago when he was four. He remembers that "in my teens. I would talk to people on the phone, and they would tell me I should get into radio because I had a good voice." He enrolled at Northwestern School of Speech, but quit after two weeks ("It was too dull"). Nordine then infiltrated Chicago's WBEZ radio in the '40s; from there, he moved to WBBM (CBS), where he did staff announcing for two years ("under four different names." he admits). When TV became king. Nordine hosted a late-night, one-camera series called Faces In The Window, featuring Gothic readings of Poe, de Maupassant, and Balzac (on commercial television, years before PBS existed).


During the early '50s. he hung out with sidemen Johnny Frigo and Dick Marx (singer Richard's father) at a North Side joint called the Leia Aloha, telling stories and reciting poetry with improvisational jazz accompaniment. "I wasn't a beatnik, though." he stresses. "I was totally isolated from what was happening in San Francisco."


In 1955, he was asked by Randy Wood at Dot Records to narrate the orchestra/chorus rendition of bandleader Billy Vaughn's The Shifting. Whispering Sands, ("It was written by a southern Illinois minister." Ken notes, "and I wanted to correct the grammar.") The single became a Top 5 hit. Impressed with Nordine's thunderous delivery. Wood signed him to a contract. Ken's first Dot LP, Love Words featured melodramatic recitations of standard love songs. "The nicest thing I can say about it." he now recalls, "is that It was a very weak idea." If you happen across a rare copy. Nordine invites you to "sit on it."


Thereafter, he hit a groove: The premier Word Jazz album was followed by Son Of Word Jazz,  Next!, and Volume II released over a four-year span. The vignettes, he explains, were "orally rehearsed, based on an idea, although some were thoroughly scripted." There was. moreover, always room for ad-lib, "the jazz aspect, so you had freedom within the literary changes." Accompaniment was provided by session hoppers like Frigo and Marx, Fred Katz, Paul Horn, Red Holt, and John Asano. Equally important was engineer Jim Cunningham, who employed imaginative (often electronic) sound effects drawn on the musique concrete [whichinvolves using sounds found in nature, distorted in various ways, to create music] of Cage and Stockhausen (check out The Sound Museum).

Though artistically acclaimed and selling respectably,  the LPs weren't big moneymakers (it's doubtful Dot expected them to be), and Nordine continued doing commercials for clients such as Miller Beer and Motorola. Word Jazz made friends in odd places: Fred Astaire and Barrie Chase choreographed a routine to My Baby. Ever the cult figure. Nordine was invited to cameo on Chicago psychedelic band H.P. Lovecraft's second LP ('68) improvising the track "Nothing's Boy."


He made two marginal albums for Phillips: Colors (1968), featuring two dozen 90-second impressionistic monologues on such shades of the rainbow as lavender, russet, azure, and ecru, and Twink ('69), consisting of Nordine reading 34 of Bob Shure's gently absurd dialogues backed hy Dick Campbell's instrumental combo. In '72. the ill-fated Blue Thumb label released a twin-pocket retrospective, How Are Things In Your Town?, the title derived from the tagline of Flibberty Jib, became instantly collectible when the label folded shortly after. Flibberty Jib was subsequently adapted by Levi's for an animated television commercial, narrated by the author and introduced to millions who had never heard the original.


In '78. Nordine incorporated his own private label, Snail Records ("We want things that catch on slowly"). For Snail's first release, he updated the Word Jazz formula and spawned Stare With Your Ears, which was nominated for a Grammy. All the while. Nordine stayed busy and earned a tidy nest egg with commercials and voice over assignments.


In the '80s. the formula not only survived, it thrived. Nordine (through Snail) released the cassette-only Grandson of Word Jazz and Triple Talk. He produced more than 300 half-hour Word Jazz and Now, Nordine programs for National Public Radio. In 1989. he did a short take on Hal Willner's Felliniesque Disney tribute album, Stay Awake, backed by jazz mavericks Bill Frisell and Wayne Horvitz. Willner. a long-time enthusiast (You're Getting Better is one of his favorites), later invited Nordine to appear on his free-form NBC-TV program, Night Music.


Ken attests to being a big fan of Joe Frank's contemporary radio noir program, "Work In Progress," which explores similar psychic terrain (albeit in different ways). Frank describes the parallel as "the feeling that the person doing the talking is alone and reaching out to you, the listener. There's something highly personal in Nordine's attempt to make meaningful contact either through intellect, emotion, or humor. There's also an air of mystery - you don't know this person, but the person is self-revealing."


Ken still does commercials (recently for Murine and Bank Of America), and occasional he sneaks oft lo his summer shack in Spread Eagle, Wisconsin to kickback on the porch, follow fireflies, and wonder-wander. He describes the hamlet as "25 or 30 years behind the times." But then, Nordine has always been a man as comfortable glancing in a rear-view window as in a crystal ball. Word Jazz has spanned three generations - missed by most, appreciated by the knowing, and awaiting discovery by those with adventurous ears.”


Irwin Chusid
WFMU, East Orange, NJ


KEN NORDINE WEAVING HIS YARNS

Dennis Polkow, a Chicago freelance writer CHICAGO TRIBUNE May 9, 1993


Chances are, even if you've never heard of Ken Nordine, you've still heard Ken Nordine.


Nordine has sold any and everything with his voice, reigning as the king of voice-overs for radio and television commercials for over 50 years. The guy could probably sell us swamp land in Siberia if he wanted to, with a basso so


Somewhere during the beatnik era of the mid-'50s, Nordine, a great lover of jazz, decided to experiment with what he dubbed "Word Jazz"-i.e., reading his own poems to improvised music.


Among his earliest and largest fans were some Bay area kids who would a decade later begin a rock group called the Grateful Dead. "Jerry Garcia has renewed my entire career," Nordine candidly told the cheering crowd at the Vic Theater Friday night, largely a combination of New Age types in black and ever faithful tie-dyed Deadheads.


Since several band members performed on Nordine's latest "Devout Catalyst" album on Grateful Dead Records, perhaps they expected one or more of the Dead to make an impromptu appearance, as Nordine had done when the band played the Horizon in March.


Whatever the crowd may have expected, what it got was a master storyteller spinning clever yarns about everything from how he got into radio, to a portrait of a North Side sports bar with a fat bartender named Skinny.


"Can we have some music for the beginning of the universe," bellowed Nordine back to his five-piece band, which included his son, guitarist/keyboardist Kristan Nordine, vocalist Bonnie Herman, harmonica player/keyboardist Howard Levy, trumpeter and bassist Eric Hochberg, and drummer Jim Hines. "Yeah, yeah," said Nordine, responding to the pedal points and impending groove. "That's probably the way it sounded. Close your eyes-unless you're driving."


Despite the "Word Jazz" label, it is not so much Nordine's words that are jazzed - most are scripted - but rather, Nordine's live word paintings are used as a springboard for the musicians to create an appropriate musical texture to surround them, which they all did admirably.”



OBITUARY


Rick Kogan, Chicago Tribune, February 16, 2019.


“Before you read the words written below about the life and times and accomplishments of a man named Ken Nordine, who died Saturday at his North Side home at the age of 98, it would be a good idea for you to listen to whatever you can find at http://www.wordjazz.com.


What you will discover is the one-and-only voice of Ken Nordine, one of the few people in the history of radio to use the medium to its fullest potential, rather than as a forum for blather, confrontation, inanities and noisy nonsense. He made a kind of vocal music as the voice of thousands of commercials and as the force behind a new art form he created and called “word jazz.”


You may never have heard the Ken Nordine name, but there is no doubt you have heard him. He was often referred to simply as “The Voice,” and you will read elsewhere that he possessed “the voice of God.” As complimentary as that may be, it is hyperbole. Nordine’s voice was as distinctive as any, but it also carried a palpable and unforgettable humanity. For the Chicago Blackhawks, he gave voice to these four unforgettable words — “Cold steel on ice” — that remain firmly embedded in local minds.


Those many hockey commercials were crafted by Chicago’s Coudal Partners advertising/marketing firm through the 1990s and into the next century. Kevin Guilfoile, now a successful novelist and screenwriter (castofshadows.net), was intimately involved in the process.


“Working with Ken was a thrill and an inspiration,” Guilfoile said Saturday. “He was a one-of-a-kind master poet, performer and producer — one of those rare people with a brilliant singular vision and also the creative and technical chops to make that vision a reality all by himself. There was something so pure about his art.


“He was also a pleasure to work with. When I heard the news of his death, the first thing I did was call (firm president) Jim Coudal, and Jim said, ‘There was nothing like answering the phone when Ken called.’ That’s so true. Just hearing your name said by that voice could give you chills.”


Nordine was born on April 13, 1920, in Cherokee, Iowa, the son of Theresia and Nore Nordine. His father was an architect/builder, and some of his work sparkled along the lakefront during our 1933-34 World’s Fair. This is where the family settled and where Ken attended what is now Lane Technical College Preparatory High School and the University of Chicago.


He started work in 1938, making $15 a month running a mimeograph machine at the studios of WBEZ, when that radio station programmed exclusively for the public schools. He then moved on to announcing jobs at stations in Florida and Michigan before returning here to become a staff announcer for WBBM-FM and to start making radio commercials.


One writer described his voice as an instrument that "muses and oozes like molten gold."


In 1945, he married Beryl Vaughan, also a talented voice artist on such old radio program as the "Lone Ranger" and, for a time, was a Hollywood actress.


They settled into a home on the North Side and raised three sons.


“My father loved Chicago, deeply,” said his eldest son, Ken Jr., who worked for many years as an engineer and producer alongside his dad. “He was ever turning down opportunities to work in New York or Los Angeles.”


As successful as Nordine’s announcing and commercial work was, he was creatively restless and drawn to more adventurous vocal avenues. One night in 1956, he was reciting the poetry of T.S. Eliot and Edgar Allan Poe for musicians Johnny Frigo and Dick Marx at a Wilson Avenue club called the Lei Aloha. He ran out of poems and started to improvise. Thus was born what he called “word jazz,” a concept that would go on to spawn a dozen record albums, a syndicated radio show and make him a legend.


In 1990, Nordine accepted an invitation from Jerry Garcia and the Grateful Dead to perform with them at a New Year's Eve concert. He would also collaborate with David Bowie, Tom Waits and many others in a late-life career that compelled one writer to call him “an underground hipster for the ages.”


None of this went to his head. “He was just the loveliest guy,” Guilfoile said. “And surprisingly for someone of his generation, he was fascinated with new processes and technology.”


Shortly after celebrating his 85th birthday with a party at the Chicago Yacht Club in 2005, he sat in his home and excitedly showed off his brand-new DVD, his first. It was titled, “The Eye is Never Filled,” a phrase that he remembers his mother saying to him repeatedly when he was very young. He told me then, “This is word jazz in morphing pictures” and described it as something that “looks like it was done under the influence of LSD.”


Nordine lost his wife in 2016 and 18 months ago suffered a stroke. “That kind of inhibited his ability to create,” said Ken Jr. “He was no longer able to use a computer, but he kept modestly active. He just slowed down a bit.
“You hear so much about my dad’s special voice, but the thing was he knew how to use it. He also had such a special mind that enabled him to deconstruct the world and put it back together in the most compelling ways.”


Those ways are still, and ever, available, at wordjazz.com, and he is also survived by sons Kristan, a musician, and Kevin, a filmmaker; 10 grandchildren; and four great-grandchildren. A memorial service is being planned.”



Dave Brubeck and Stan Kenton: Alike and Unalike

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.


The following piece by Harry Frost touches on a relationship that I never knew existed.


Dave Brubeck and Stan Kenton took such widely divergent paths in their respective approaches to Jazz that I always thought of them as bridges to infinity; like two parallel lines that never meet.


And yet it would seem that the Brubeck-Kenton relationship very much reflects Aristotle’s maxim that “we are all different with respect to that which we have in common.”


Jazz was the common ground for Dave and Stan, but what they did with their style of playing the music is worlds apart.


“IN 1943 a soldier passing through Los Angeles was carrying an arrangement he wanted to show to a rising bandleader. He went to the leader's house. A tall man with chiseled features answered the door and was greeted by an intense, dark-haired young fellow he had never before seen. With pardonable curtness the man asked, "What do you want?"


"I want to show you an arrangement."


"All right, I'll see you tonight. I'm going to be on the Bob Hope Show, and I'll meet you at the stage door."


This sounded like a run-around to the soldier, but he had nothing to lose. That night he went to the stage door, and the leader was there waiting for him. He looked over the soldier's music and then handed the manuscript back. However, the leader offered encouragement to the young musician and was genuinely friendly. They have remained friends since.


A look at the careers of Stan Kenton and Dave Brubeck discloses several analogous factors, some superficial and some that go deep. They are both Californians, Brubeck by birth and Kenton by emigration from Kansas at an early age. They are both pianists and composers whose interest in jazz is built on a foundation of classical study. While Kenton has been associated with large groups and Brubeck with small groups, there is nonetheless a kindred spirit in their music and personalities.


An aura of strength and purpose surrounds these men who have become two of the most imposing figures in jazz.


The music of Brubeck, like that of Kenton, reflects the firm convictions of its creator, and the supporters of Brubeck and Kenton are equally firm in their devotion. It is characteristic of Brubeck and Kenton followers that they accept almost everything their heroes offer. It is also characteristic that those who don't like Brubeck or Kenton are vociferous in their disapproval. While Brubeck and Kenton each command hordes of faithful, there are in both cases multitudes of detractors, including critics, musicians, and fans who say Brubeck and Kenton are not participating jazzmen. Here we come to the heart of the matter.


Both highly individual, Kenton and Brubeck have pursued courses that, while running parallel to the currents of jazz, have moved in singular directions. This has provoked much adverse comment from those who like to see jazz move in measured steps that find all the musicians marching along together. Brubeck and Kenton have never joined this army. They are dedicated to a common artistic cause but prefer to wage separate campaigns.


Brubeck has said, "The most fortunate thing that can happen to a jazz musician is to move in his own way. Kenton is a good example because his band has always had a very individual sound, and Stan has always welcomed the efforts of arrangers who dare to experiment, fellows like the late Bob Graettinger. Stan has played things that were too wild, things the audience couldn't understand, and things that hurt his band commercially; but Stan wanted to give these writers a chance to be heard. Stan refuses to sit still and settle just for public acceptance — and this takes nerve. Once the public likes someone, he will usually stick to a successful formula, but Stan is always pioneering."


Brubeck's admiration for Kenton goes back to the beginning:


"When Stan first started at Balboa, I had my own band up north in Oakland. It was a very young band — I was the oldest, and I was 19. We listened very closely to Stan's band, and ever since I've always followed Stan's music with great interest."


So it was that the young Brubeck sought out Kenton in 1943 to show him an arrangement.


"That was the first time I ever took a jazz arrangement to anyone," Brubeck said. "It was inspired by the war, and I called it Prayer of the Conquered. Someday I'm going to get Stan to play that thing he wouldn't play back in '43. I was only 21 when I wrote it, but I think it's far enough out to be played today.


"After the war, I went to see Stan again, but by that time Pete Rugulo was well established with Kenton."


There is more coincidence here because Rugulo had also first approached Kenton in '43 as a soldier with an arrangement he wanted the leader to see. It was one with the cryptically pecuniary title Opus a Dollar Three Eighty, a number fully garbed in the Kenton raiment of that period and one that Stan immediately liked and added to his library. To add to the oddity of the situation, Rugulo at the time was studying with Darius Milhaud at Mills College, where and with whom Brubeck had studied and would resume study after the war.


The fact that Brubeck's composition did not catch Kenton's eye or "ear" was undoubtedly because Brubeck, then as now, was writing what he felt and not to the dicta of a prescribed style. It is this very individuality that makes Brubeck at once like and unlike Kenton. Their music, while having related qualities, moves along separate paths.


The best comparison of Kenton and Brubeck music is afforded by the Brubeck trio records of '49 and the Ken-ton output of '42; they are alike in their failure to swing.

Good specific examples are Brubeck's Blue Moon on Fantasy and Kenton's Adios on Decca. Rhythmic deficiencies are more pronounced with a band than a trio, but in both cases there is a heavy, almost ponderous feeling. At the same time there is definite musical value, and it is unlikely that anyone has ever swung less and said more than Kenton and Brubeck on those early records.


In the years since, Brubeck's touch has lightened considerably, and Kenton's bands have found an easier motion than what a former Kenton drummer, Shelly Manne, once likened to the labored movement of a long freight train.


On the subject of swinging, Brubeck said, "You'll find very often that the serious creative musician does not swing as readily or as easily as some of the others. The creative musician is interested in saying something, and trying to say something is hard work. It's not a tinkling, light approach which comes when you're not pushing hard to say something individual. This light approach is a matter of technique — just playing it nice and easy.


"The guys who are really saying something are often out of tune — squeaking, squawking, and struggling. Whether as an arranger, composer, or performer, it's the guys who are working hard, the guys who aren't afraid to make mistakes — those are the ones who do the real creating.


"Ornette Coleman is a good example. He works very hard and always tries to create. It's not pleasant to listen to. I don't like what he does, but he has the background — the license — to experiment. The ones you have to beware of with this 'new thing' are the unqualified guys, the ones who try to experiment without the right background of study and experience."


Brubeck pointed out that playing hard and ugly are not requisites to being creative, but he does insist that "as a rule, the hard-blowing, heavyhanded guys are leading the way." There are exceptions, he admitted, and named altoist Paul Desmond in his own group as one.


"Paul can dig in hard and still make things flow, still have a relaxed sound," he said.

While Brubeck has much tolerance for anyone who genuinely tries to create, no matter how crude the product, his own group has remarkable polish. It goes through a maze of strange time signatures with seeming ease and through concert hall after concert hall filled with enthusiastic fans.


THERE ARE MANY things about Kenton and Brubeck that fall into place side by side, but, obviously, Kenton never has had it so good as Brubeck and probably never will. The 20 or so men Kenton needs to broadcast his message are infinitely more difficult to support, maintain, and control than the close-knit members of the Dave Brubeck Quartet.


There has been no change in the quartet since 1958, when the junior member, bassist Gene Wright, joined. Next to Brubeck, the senior member is Desmond, in his 12th year with the group, coming to what was a trio in 1951.


The most important single event since then was in 1956, when drummer Joe Dodge decided to leave the group, whereupon Brubeck traded in his Dodge for a Jaguar— a supple cat named Joe Morello.


Counting even short-term members, there have been fewer than a dozen musicians working in the Brubeck quartet in more than 12 years. By contrast, some hundreds of musicians have passed through the many editions of the Kenton band, and lovers of big-band music, including the leader himself, are faced with the melancholy fact that small groups like Brubeck's can pack a concert hall as well as, or better than, a band or two bands (there was a Count Basie-Kenton tour a few years back that was far from a roaring financial success).


For more than 20 years Kenton has fought the battle valiantly with unquestioning expenditure of his youth, talent, and money. His bands have often been losing propositions, but Kenton remains undaunted—if a little dented. Now into his 50s, Kenton still stands proudly ! and resolutely in front of a band.


How much longer he will continue as a leader is an | open question. Duke Ellington is approaching 65 and I still going strong. Kenton, however, has for a long time ' expressed a desire to concentrate on writing, and the responsibilities of a band make this difficult. It is not unlikely that the time will come when Kenton finally gives up his band and settles down to an intensive schedule of composing and arranging. And at length, in seeking a suitable performer for his work, it would be poetically fulfilling if Kenton would turn to one who has already done things in a symphonic context.


"Dave, I'd like you to look at this manuscript."

Source:

Downbeat Magazine
November 1963

Stan Kenton - The Beginning Years

$
0
0
© -Steven Cerra, copyright protected; all rights reserved.




Both Michael Cuscuna and Michael Sparke have given the JazzProfiles editorial staff permissionto reproduce the following introductory portion of the insert notes to The Complete Capitol Recordings of Stan Kenton 1943- 1947 [Mosaic MD7-163].


We thought that this would be an fun way to “begin-at-the-beginning” of the development of the many iterations of The Stan Kenton Orchestra.


Subsequent postings will focus on other themes and topics that formed the evolution of the Kenton Band during the approximately four decades of its existence.


© -Mosaic Records/Michael Sparke: copyright protected; all rights reserved; used with permission.


“Stan Kenton always referred to the years when his band was young, the style had not yet been finalized, and its very existence was in jeopardy, as the beginning days. And at the beginning Stan, one of the most successful band leaders of all time, was quite convinced the job was not for him. He wanted a band very much, if only to hear played the library of scores he had written which he felt were new and different and adventurous; but he personally was too tall, too awkward, too tongue-tied to be a leader. His idea was he should play piano and write the music, but someone more capable should front the band for him.


In fact, when Stan conducted, he soon found his infectious enthusiasm, his magnetic personality and sheer physical presence were vital selling points; the Kenton charisma mesmerized his audience, and held them as spellbound as the unorthodox music the band was playing. There had been over a year of workshop rehearsals, test recordings, and more latterly the odd one night stand, before the Kenton orchestra opened its first proper engagement for the summer at the Rendezvous Ballroom in Balboa on June 6, 1941.


It was there that the teenagers of southern California discovered Stan Kenton, and gave him his first taste of success. They identified with his music, and their enthusiasm was reflected in the band's spirit and urged the musicians to greater heights. Stanley gave his all, and demanded as much from every member of the band, who responded with the zeal of men working for a cause, rather than a pay-packet. The sincerity was evident and contagious. As Audree (Coke) Kenton told me, "The Kenton band was so entirely different from anything the kids were used to. It was a totally different sound, and very exciting. Stanley was a dynamic, dramatic conductor. When Stanley got up there, he waved his arms and all but fell off the stage, twice a night. The youngsters responded to this, and what he was giving them was not what they were used to. It was not swing, in the way that Goodman and Shaw were swing; it was something new, and there was a tremendous excitement generated. Part of it was Stanley himself, a lot of it was the music, much of which he had written, and it just knocked the kids out. They had come to dance, but they would end up standing in front of the bandstand, hour after hour."


Many of the guys in the band were musicians Stan had enjoyed working with as sidemen in other orchestras (Everett Hoagland, Gus Arnheim, Vido Musso), and whom he knew had similar musical ideals to his own. Key men included Canadian-born trumpet soloist Chico Alvarez, destined to remain a Kenton stalwart for many years; first alto player Jack Ordean, who attracted much favorable attention for his Hodges-inspired saxophone improvisations; tenor saxophone soloist and singer Red Dorris, formerly with Ben Pollack; band manager Bob Gioga, whose baritone anchored the saxophone section until 1953; and bassist Howard Rumsey, who would later lead Lighthouse All Stars.




Every night's performance at the Rendezvous was expertly programmed as Stan explained in a magazine called Band Leaders. "The band was originally designed, through both orchestration and presentation, to thrill as much as possible. I strove for flash and wanted every arrangement, whether slow or fast tempo, to be a production in itself. Everything was written to swing to a driving beat. Spirit and enthusiasm had to predominate at all times. I wanted to play the strongest swing possible and yet to present swing in as elevated a manner as I could. I figured that 11:30 to midnight gave us our high period. Our climax was so complete at that time of night, that had you touched any kid in the audience, I think he would have thrown off sparks!"


The band's style was achieved through the writing of Kenton himself. But as early as 1940 Stan brought in musician-friend Ralph Yaw (who had also arranged for Chick Webb and Cab Galloway) to help ease the burden. Yaw copied the Kenton staccato-style beat and saxophone voicings, commenting, "To my mind, the saxes are treated in the right way for the first time. It really scares me!" Yaw contributed his scores for free because he knew money was tight, and he was happy to write for a band with which he felt so much empathy. During 1941, a young writer named Joe Rizzo also added numerous charts in the Kenton style. "Joe was a young Californian who felt the same way musically as I did," Stan, explained. Even after he was drafted into the army, Rizzo continued to contribute the odd score (I'm Going Mad For A Pad is Joe's), and in later years he became a permanent arranger for the Lawrence Welk TV show.


Despite all the success stories, by no means every night at the Rendezvous was a rave-up. Charles Emge wrote in Down Beat, "It would be an exaggeration to say the band has been a 'sensation.' It's too good to crash through in that manner." And many years later Stan reminisced on CBC radio, "Today we talk about the large crowds that came to Balboa and all the excitement that was created, and honestly, I don't think business was very good that summer. In fact, I remember times when we played that I actually worried about whether the owner of the ballroom was going to come out financially or not."




Nevertheless, the publicity roused led directly to a Decca recording contract. But the first session was a dismal failure, the producer insisting on a toned-down taboo, and three other titles that were cover versions of existing hits, rather than the jazz scores the band was familiar with. Much better were the dozens of sides recorded for radio play by C.P. MacGregor Transcriptions. And on November 25, 1941, Kenton opened to excellent business at the most famed west coast ballroom of them all, the Hollywood Palladium. Count Basic told the story of how one night he invited his musicians traveling to their next job by bus, to listen to a Kenton broadcast from the Palladium. "That," Basic told his bandsmen, "will be the next king!"


Basie was right, but the crown was still several years away. On their first visit to New York in early 1942, Stan's music certainly did not thrill patrons of the Roseland Ballroom, where the band (in the vernacular) "fried an omelette." Everyone knew that Roseland, home of hostesses and strict-tempo dancing, was the wrong spot for the jazz happy Kenton crew, but it was still a major setback when the band was pulled out after only three weeks of an eight-week engagement. Word of the Roseland debacle spread quickly, and when a band hit that sort of trouble it was common practice for other leaders to swoop and pick up sidemen for their own orchestras. Kenton said it was Jimmy Dorsey who personally helped him in New York to keep his outfit together and protected him from being raided for musicians by other bands.


The guys hung in there with Stan until the draft started to hurt, but throughout 1942 the band faced an uncertain future and a daily struggle for survival. It was only Kenton's tenacity and belief in his music that enabled him to carry on in the face of public apathy and war-time adversities. Even the critics were beginning their war of attrition, complaining in particular that the music was too loud and pretentious. (It wasn't until the 1970s that Stan's music in general began to be recognized for its worth by the critical fraternity, something the fans had known all along.)


Stan was forced to make concessions to the song pluggers, and play many of the pop hits of the day, usually sung by Red Dorris or Dolly Mitchell (who replaced Eve Knight in September 1942). But Kenton was determined that even pop tunes were going to be played in a musical way, and brought in a young writer named Charlie Shirley to help him with the arranging chores. Shirley told Pete Venudor, "I was hired by Stan because he was impressed with my work for the Sam Donahue band. Kenton was headed for a lot of radio air time and needed a full complement of current pop arrangements. So I was hired to help ease the pressure on Stan and try to develop a pop style for the band. Stan assured me he'd use anything I came up with in the way of experimental stuff, either pop or jazz. We experimented on the ballads with woodwinds and classic voicings, and I feel I had some influence on the direction Stan swung into after the war. Kenton himself was one of the straightest men I've ever met, a valued friend and a fine leader."




In the summer of 1943, comedian Bob Hope was looking for a new band to replace army-bound Skinnay Ennis, and liked what he heard in the Kenton outfit. Stan for his part was desperately trying to balance the books and knew the security of a year's work with the Hope entourage would ease his financial worries. Nevertheless, if ever there was a musical mismatch, the Kenton/Hope collaboration was it. Even as he was preparing to indulge in the onezy-twozy brand of corn demanded by Frances Langford, Jerry Colonna and Hope himself, Kenton was making statements like, "Out of the swing music of today will evolve an original, modern concert music distinctly American in character." Not on the Bob Hope Show it wasn't! Bob's weekly broadcast was probably the most popular on the air, but the house band received limited exposure, and within weeks Kenton was regretting his acceptance of Hope's contract, even though the alternative might have been no band at all.


Commercially a triumph, musically the Hope association was the nadir of Stan's entire career. But Kenton made clear his beliefs had not changed when he told Down Beat in July 1943, "Sure, I've made concessions that I never thought I'd have to make. It was either that or completely giving up a musical idea that I still think is right. But don't think I've said so long to my so-called idealism — I still think the kind of music we used to play exclusively is the best." And things really started to look up for Stan in the fall, when some record labels made overtures to the Musicians' Union to end the first recording ban, then in progress. As a result, Kenton was approached by Capitol Records, a young Hollywood company whose executives expressed a keen interest in the band's music and whose policy Stan felt to be more in keeping with his own brand of idealism than the more conservative Decca label.


Every Kenton devotee will have his own favorite period from the orchestra's four decades of recorded music. For some it may be the mellophonioum "New Era," for some the Holman/Russo "New Concepts," for others the roaring bands of the 1970s. But for many, the definitive Stan Kenton, the music that above all other epitomizes the sounds that made Kenton distinctive and different, is that of the 1940s, when Stan's reputation had still to be established, and his urge for creativity and experimentation was at its peak. Which is where our musical story in this album begins....”


Viewing all 3894 articles
Browse latest View live